SemaDecl.cpp revision bea522ff43a3f11c7a2bc7949119dbb9fce19e39
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880} 881 882// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910} 911 912void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917} 918 919void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924} 925 926/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928/// 929void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948#ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952#endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956} 957 958void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969} 970 971 972void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997} 998 999 1000void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006} 1007 1008 1009/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011/// 1012/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017/// attribute. 1018static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028} 1029 1030/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090} 1091 1092void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095} 1096 1097bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101} 1102 1103Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112} 1113 1114static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139} 1140 1141static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145} 1146 1147/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155} 1156 1157/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158/// @code 1159/// class S { 1160/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// }; 1163/// @endcode 1164static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175} 1176 1177bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1178 assert(D); 1179 1180 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1181 return false; 1182 1183 // Ignore class templates. 1184 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1185 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1186 return false; 1187 1188 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1189 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1190 return false; 1191 1192 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1193 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1194 return false; 1195 } else { 1196 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1197 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1198 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1199 return false; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1203 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1204 return false; 1205 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1206 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1207 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1208 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1209 // intended to be used. 1210 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1211 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1212 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1213 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1214 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1218 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1219 return false; 1220 1221 } else { 1222 return false; 1223 } 1224 1225 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1226 if (D->hasExternalLinkage()) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 return true; 1230} 1231 1232void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1233 if (!D) 1234 return; 1235 1236 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1237 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1238 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1239 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1240 } 1241 1242 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1243 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1244 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1245 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1246 } 1247 1248 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1249 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1250} 1251 1252static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1253 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1257 return false; 1258 1259 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1260 return true; 1261 1262 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1263 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1264 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1268 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1269 1270 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1271 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1272 1273 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1274 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1275 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 } 1278 1279 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1280 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1281 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1285 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1286 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1290 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1291 return false; 1292 1293 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1294 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1295 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1296 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1297 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1298 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1299 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1300 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1308 } 1309 1310 return true; 1311} 1312 1313static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1314 FixItHint &Hint) { 1315 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1316 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1317 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1318 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1319 return; 1320 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1321 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1322 } 1323 return; 1324} 1325 1326/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1327/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1328void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1329 FixItHint Hint; 1330 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1331 return; 1332 1333 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1334 1335 unsigned DiagID; 1336 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1337 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1338 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1339 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1340 else 1341 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1342 1343 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1344} 1345 1346static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1347 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1348 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1349 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1350 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1351 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1352} 1353 1354void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1355 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1356 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1357 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1358 1359 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1360 I != E; ++I) { 1361 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1362 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1363 1364 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1365 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1366 1367 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1368 1369 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1370 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1371 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1372 1373 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1374 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1376 1377 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1378 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1379 } 1380} 1381 1382void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1383 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1384} 1385 1386void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1387 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1388 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1389} 1390 1391/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1392/// 1393/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1394/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1395/// to the fixed name. 1396/// 1397/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1398/// 1399/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1400/// if there is no class with the given name. 1401/// 1402/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1403/// class could not be found. 1404ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1405 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1406 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1407 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1408 // creation from this context. 1409 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1410 1411 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1412 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1413 // find an Objective-C class name. 1414 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1415 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1416 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1417 Validator)) { 1418 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1420 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1421 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1422 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1423 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1424 1425 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1426 } 1427 } 1428 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1429 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1430 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1431 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1432 return Def; 1433} 1434 1435/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1436/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1437/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1438/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1439/// ill-formed in C++: 1440/// @code 1441/// struct S6 { 1442/// enum { BAR } e; 1443/// }; 1444/// 1445/// void test_S6() { 1446/// struct S6 a; 1447/// a.e = BAR; 1448/// } 1449/// @endcode 1450/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1451/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1452/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1453/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1454/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1455/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1456/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1457/// contain non-field names. 1458Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1459 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1460 (S->getEntity() && 1461 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1462 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1463 S = S->getParent(); 1464 return S; 1465} 1466 1467/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1468/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1469/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1470/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1471static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1472 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1473 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1474 return; 1475 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1476 1477 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1478 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1479 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1480 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1481 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1482 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1483} 1484 1485/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1486/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1487/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1488/// built-in. 1489NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1490 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1491 SourceLocation Loc) { 1492 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1493 1494 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1495 1496 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1497 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1498 switch (Error) { 1499 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1500 // Okay 1501 break; 1502 1503 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1504 if (ForRedeclaration) 1505 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1506 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1507 return 0; 1508 1509 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1510 if (ForRedeclaration) 1511 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1512 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1513 return 0; 1514 1515 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1516 if (ForRedeclaration) 1517 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1518 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1519 return 0; 1520 } 1521 1522 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1523 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1524 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1525 << R; 1526 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1527 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1528 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1529 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1530 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1531 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1532 } 1533 1534 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1535 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1536 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1537 SC_Extern, 1538 SC_None, false, 1539 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1540 New->setImplicit(); 1541 1542 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1543 // FunctionDecl. 1544 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1545 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1547 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1548 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1549 SourceLocation(), 0, 1550 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1551 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1552 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1553 Params.push_back(parm); 1554 } 1555 New->setParams(Params); 1556 } 1557 1558 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1559 1560 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1561 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1562 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1563 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1564 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1565 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1566 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1567 CurContext = SavedContext; 1568 return New; 1569} 1570 1571/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1572/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1573/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1574/// entity. 1575static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1576 NamedDecl *decl, 1577 LookupResult &previous){ 1578 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1579 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1580 return; 1581 1582 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1583 if (previous.empty()) 1584 return; 1585 1586 // If this declaration has external 1587 bool hasExternalLinkage = decl->hasExternalLinkage(); 1588 1589 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1590 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1591 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1592 1593 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1594 if (!old->isHidden()) 1595 continue; 1596 1597 // If either has no-external linkage, ignore the old declaration. 1598 if (!hasExternalLinkage || old->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 1599 filter.erase(); 1600 } 1601 1602 filter.done(); 1603} 1604 1605bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1606 QualType OldType; 1607 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1608 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1609 else 1610 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1611 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1612 1613 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1614 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1615 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1616 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1617 << Kind << NewType; 1618 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1619 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1620 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1621 return true; 1622 } 1623 1624 if (OldType != NewType && 1625 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1626 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1627 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1628 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1629 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1630 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1631 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1632 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1633 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1634 return true; 1635 } 1636 return false; 1637} 1638 1639/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1640/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1641/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1642/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1643/// 1644void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1645 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1646 // merging checks. 1647 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1648 1649 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1650 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1651 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1652 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1653 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1654 default: break; 1655 case 2: 1656 { 1657 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1658 break; 1659 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1660 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1661 break; 1662 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1663 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1664 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1665 break; 1666 } 1667 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1668 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1669 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1670 return; 1671 } 1672 case 5: 1673 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1674 break; 1675 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1676 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1677 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1678 return; 1679 case 3: 1680 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1681 break; 1682 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1683 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1684 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1685 return; 1686 } 1687 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1688 } 1689 1690 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1691 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1692 if (!Old) { 1693 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1694 << New->getDeclName(); 1695 1696 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1697 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1698 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1699 1700 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1701 } 1702 1703 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1704 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1705 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1706 1707 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1708 // with any extensions enabled. 1709 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1710 return; 1711 1712 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1713 // declaration was a typedef. 1714 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1715 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1716 1717 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1718 return; 1719 1720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1721 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1722 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1723 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1724 // to the type to which it already refers. 1725 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1726 return; 1727 1728 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1729 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1730 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1731 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1732 // 1733 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1734 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1735 // 1736 // struct S { 1737 // typedef struct A { } A; 1738 // }; 1739 // 1740 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1741 // allow the above but disallow 1742 // 1743 // struct S { 1744 // typedef int I; 1745 // typedef int I; 1746 // }; 1747 // 1748 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1749 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1750 return; 1751 1752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1753 << New->getDeclName(); 1754 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1755 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1756 } 1757 1758 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1759 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1760 return; 1761 1762 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1763 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1764 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1765 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1766 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1767 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1768 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1769 return; 1770 1771 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1772 << New->getDeclName(); 1773 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1774 return; 1775} 1776 1777/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1778/// attribute. 1779static bool 1780DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1781 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1782 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1783 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1784 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1785 if (AA) 1786 return false; 1787 1788 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1789 switch (A->getKind()) { 1790 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1791 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1792 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1793 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1794 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1795 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1796 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1797 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1798 case attr::GuardedBy: 1799 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1800 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1801 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1802 return false; 1803 default: 1804 ; 1805 } 1806 1807 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1808 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1809 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1810 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1811 if (Ann) { 1812 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1813 return true; 1814 continue; 1815 } 1816 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1817 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1818 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1819 return true; 1820 } 1821 1822 return false; 1823} 1824 1825static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1826 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1827 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1828 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1829 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1830 return true; 1831} 1832 1833/// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1834/// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1835/// 1836/// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1837static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1838 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1839 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1840 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1841 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1842 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1843 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1844 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1845 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1846 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1847 // in a case like: 1848 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1849 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1850 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1851 // definition in such a case. 1852 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1853 return false; 1854 1855 if (I->isAlignas()) 1856 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1857 1858 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1859 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1860 OldAlign = Align; 1861 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1862 } 1863 } 1864 1865 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1866 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1867 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1868 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1869 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1870 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1871 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1872 return false; 1873 1874 if (I->isAlignas()) 1875 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1876 1877 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1878 if (Align > NewAlign) 1879 NewAlign = Align; 1880 } 1881 1882 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1883 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1884 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1885 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1886 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1887 1888 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1889 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1890 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1891 QualType Ty; 1892 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1893 Ty = VD->getType(); 1894 else 1895 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1896 1897 if (OldAlign == 0) 1898 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1899 if (NewAlign == 0) 1900 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1901 } 1902 1903 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1904 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1905 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1906 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1907 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1908 } 1909 } 1910 1911 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1912 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1913 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1914 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1915 // equivalent alignment. 1916 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1917 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1918 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1919 // have no alignment specifier. 1920 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1921 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1922 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1923 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1924 } 1925 1926 bool AnyAdded = false; 1927 1928 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1929 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1930 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1931 Clone->setInherited(true); 1932 New->addAttr(Clone); 1933 AnyAdded = true; 1934 } 1935 1936 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1937 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1938 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1939 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1940 Clone->setInherited(true); 1941 New->addAttr(Clone); 1942 AnyAdded = true; 1943 } 1944 1945 return AnyAdded; 1946} 1947 1948static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1949 bool Override) { 1950 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1951 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1952 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1953 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1954 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1955 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1956 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1957 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1958 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1959 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1960 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1961 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1962 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1963 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1964 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1965 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1966 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1967 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1968 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1969 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1970 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1971 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1972 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1973 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1974 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1975 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1976 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1977 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1978 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 1979 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 1980 NewAttr = 0; 1981 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1982 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 1983 1984 if (NewAttr) { 1985 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1986 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1987 return true; 1988 } 1989 1990 return false; 1991} 1992 1993static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1994 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1995 return TD->getDefinition(); 1996 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1997 return VD->getDefinition(); 1998 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1999 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2000 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 2001 return Def; 2002 } 2003 return NULL; 2004} 2005 2006static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2007 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2008 I != E; ++I) { 2009 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2010 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2011 return true; 2012 } 2013 return false; 2014} 2015 2016/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2017/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2018static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2019 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2020 return; 2021 2022 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2023 if (!Def || Def == New) 2024 return; 2025 2026 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2027 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2028 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2029 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2030 ++I; 2031 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2032 } 2033 2034 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2035 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2036 ++I; 2037 continue; 2038 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2039 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2040 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2041 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2042 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2043 // equivalent alignment. 2044 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2045 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2046 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2047 // have no alignment specifier. 2048 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2049 << AA->isC11(); 2050 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2051 << AA->isC11(); 2052 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2053 --E; 2054 continue; 2055 } 2056 } 2057 2058 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2059 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2060 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2061 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2062 --E; 2063 } 2064} 2065 2066/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2067void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2068 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2069 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2070 return; 2071 2072 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2073 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2074 2075 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2076 return; 2077 2078 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2079 2080 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2081 // we process them. 2082 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2083 2084 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2085 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2086 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2087 i != e; ++i) { 2088 bool Override = false; 2089 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2090 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2091 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2092 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2093 switch (AMK) { 2094 case AMK_None: 2095 continue; 2096 2097 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2098 break; 2099 2100 case AMK_Override: 2101 Override = true; 2102 break; 2103 } 2104 } 2105 2106 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2107 foundAny = true; 2108 } 2109 2110 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2111 foundAny = true; 2112 2113 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2114} 2115 2116/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2117/// to the new one. 2118static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2119 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2120 Sema &S) { 2121 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2122 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2123 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2124 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2125 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2126 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2127 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2128 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2129 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2130 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2131 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2132 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 2133 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2134 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2135 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2136 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2137 } 2138 2139 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2140 return; 2141 2142 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2143 2144 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2145 // done before we process them. 2146 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2147 2148 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2149 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2150 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2151 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2152 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2153 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2154 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2155 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2156 foundAny = true; 2157 } 2158 } 2159 2160 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2161} 2162 2163namespace { 2164 2165/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2166/// C. 2167struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2168 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2169 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2170 QualType PromotedType; 2171}; 2172 2173} 2174 2175/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2176Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2177 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2178 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2179 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2180 2181 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2182 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2183 2184 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2185 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2186 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2187 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2188 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2189 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2190 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2191 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2192 } 2193 2194 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2195} 2196 2197/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2198/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2199/// GNU89 mode. 2200static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2201 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2202 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2203 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2204 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2205 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2206} 2207 2208/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2209/// declaration? 2210static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2211 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2212 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2213 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2214 } else { 2215 // Free C function or a static method. 2216 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2217 } 2218 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2219} 2220 2221template <typename T> 2222static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2223 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2224 if (DC->isRecord()) 2225 return false; 2226 2227 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2228 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && 2229 New->getDeclContext()->isExternCContext()) 2230 return true; 2231 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && 2232 New->getDeclContext()->isExternCXXContext()) 2233 return true; 2234 return false; 2235} 2236 2237/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2238/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2239/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2240/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2241/// 2242/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2243/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2244/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2245/// merged with. 2246/// 2247/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2248bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2249 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2250 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2251 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2252 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2253 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2254 else 2255 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2256 if (!Old) { 2257 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2258 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2259 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2260 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2261 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2262 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2263 return true; 2264 } 2265 2266 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2267 << New->getDeclName(); 2268 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2269 return true; 2270 } 2271 2272 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2273 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2274 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2275 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2276 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2277 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2278 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2279 else 2280 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2281 2282 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2283 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2284 2285 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2286 // is an extern inline function. 2287 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2288 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2289 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2290 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2291 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2293 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2294 } else { 2295 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2296 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2297 return true; 2298 } 2299 } 2300 2301 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2302 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2303 // calling convention of the first. 2304 // 2305 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2306 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2307 // 2308 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2309 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2310 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2311 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2312 // because it is the default calling convention. 2313 // 2314 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2315 // other tests to run. 2316 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2317 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2318 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2319 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2320 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2321 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2322 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2323 2324 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2325 // there but not here. 2326 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2327 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2328 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2329 2330 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2331 // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct 2332 // information about storage class of CXXMethod. 2333 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2334 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { 2335 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2336 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2337 2338 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2339 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2340 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2341 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2342 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2343 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2344 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2345 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2346 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2347 return true; 2348 } 2349 2350 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2351 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2352 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2353 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2354 } 2355 2356 // Merge regparm attribute. 2357 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2358 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2359 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2360 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2361 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2362 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2363 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2364 return true; 2365 } 2366 2367 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2368 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2369 } 2370 2371 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2372 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2373 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2374 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2375 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2376 return true; 2377 } 2378 2379 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2380 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2381 } 2382 2383 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2384 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2385 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2386 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2387 } 2388 2389 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2390 // UndefinedButUsed. 2391 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2392 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2393 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2394 Old->isUsed(false) && 2395 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2396 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2397 SourceLocation())); 2398 2399 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2400 // about it. 2401 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2402 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2403 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2404 } 2405 2406 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2407 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2408 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2409 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2410 // cannot be overloaded. 2411 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2412 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2413 QualType ResQT; 2414 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2415 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2416 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2417 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2418 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2419 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2420 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2421 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2422 else 2423 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2424 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2425 return true; 2426 } 2427 else 2428 NewQType = ResQT; 2429 } 2430 2431 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2432 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2433 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2434 // Preserve triviality. 2435 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2436 2437 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2438 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2439 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2440 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2441 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2442 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2443 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2444 2445 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2446 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2447 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2448 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2449 // is a static member function declaration. 2450 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2451 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2452 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2453 return true; 2454 } 2455 2456 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2457 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2458 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2459 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2460 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2461 unsigned NewDiag; 2462 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2463 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2464 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2465 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2466 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2467 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2468 else 2469 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2470 2471 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2472 } else { 2473 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2474 << New << New->getType(); 2475 } 2476 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2477 2478 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2479 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2480 // 2481 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2482 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2483 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2484 if (isFriend) { 2485 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2486 } else { 2487 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2488 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2489 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2490 return true; 2491 } 2492 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2493 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2494 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2495 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2496 return true; 2497 } 2498 } 2499 2500 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2501 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2502 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2503 // attribute. 2504 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2505 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2506 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2507 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2508 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2509 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2510 } 2511 2512 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2513 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2514 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2515 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2516 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2517 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2518 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2519 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2520 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2521 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2522 } 2523 2524 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2525 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2526 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2527 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2528 2529 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2530 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2531 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2532 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2533 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2534 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2535 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2536 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2537 } 2538 2539 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2540 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2541 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2542 return true; 2543 } 2544 2545 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2546 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2547 2548 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2549 } 2550 2551 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2552 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2553 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2554 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2555 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2556 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2557 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2558 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2559 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2560 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2561 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2562 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2563 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2564 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2565 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2566 ParamTypes, 2567 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2568 New->setType(NewQType); 2569 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2570 2571 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2572 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2573 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2574 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2575 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2576 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2577 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2578 SourceLocation(), 2579 SourceLocation(), 0, 2580 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2581 SC_None, SC_None, 2582 0); 2583 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2584 Param->setImplicit(); 2585 Params.push_back(Param); 2586 } 2587 2588 New->setParams(Params); 2589 } 2590 2591 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2592 } 2593 2594 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2595 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2596 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2597 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2598 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2599 // the prototype. 2600 // 2601 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2602 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2603 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2604 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2605 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2606 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2607 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2608 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2609 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2610 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2611 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2612 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2613 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2614 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2615 2616 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2617 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2618 NewProto->getResultType()); 2619 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2620 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2621 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2622 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2623 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2624 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2625 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2626 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2627 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2628 NewParm->getType(), 2629 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2630 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2631 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2632 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2633 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2634 } else 2635 LooseCompatible = false; 2636 } 2637 2638 if (LooseCompatible) { 2639 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2640 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2641 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2642 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2643 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2644 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2645 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2646 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2647 } 2648 2649 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2650 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2651 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2652 } 2653 2654 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2655 } 2656 2657 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2658 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2659 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2660 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2661 // signature. 2662 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2663 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2664 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2665 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2666 // library built-in. 2667 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2668 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2669 << Old << Old->getType(); 2670 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2671 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2672 return false; 2673 } 2674 2675 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2676 } 2677 2678 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2679 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2680 return true; 2681} 2682 2683/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2684/// known to be compatible. 2685/// 2686/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2687/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2688/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2689/// redeclaration of Old. 2690/// 2691/// \returns false 2692bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2693 Scope *S) { 2694 // Merge the attributes 2695 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2696 2697 // Merge the storage class. 2698 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2699 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2700 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2701 2702 // Merge "pure" flag. 2703 if (Old->isPure()) 2704 New->setPure(); 2705 2706 // Merge "used" flag. 2707 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2708 New->setUsed(); 2709 2710 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2711 // declarations. 2712 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2713 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2714 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2715 *this); 2716 2717 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2718 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2719 2720 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2721 // and argument types. 2722 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2723 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2724 New->setType(Merged); 2725 2726 return false; 2727} 2728 2729 2730void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2731 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2732 2733 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2734 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, AMK_Override); 2735 2736 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2737 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2738 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2739 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2740 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2741 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2742 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2743 2744 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2745} 2746 2747/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2748/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2749/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2750/// 2751/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2752/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2753/// is attached. 2754void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2755 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2756 return; 2757 2758 QualType MergedT; 2759 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2760 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2761 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2762 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2763 return; 2764 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2765 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2766 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2767 } 2768 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2769 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2770 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2771 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2772 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2773 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2774 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2775 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2776 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2777 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2778 NewArray->getElementType())) 2779 MergedT = New->getType(); 2780 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2781 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2782 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2783 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2784 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2785 NewArray->getElementType())) 2786 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2787 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2788 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2789 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2790 Old->getType()); 2791 } 2792 } else { 2793 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2794 } 2795 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2796 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2797 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2798 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2799 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2800 } 2801 New->setType(MergedT); 2802} 2803 2804/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2805/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2806/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2807/// 2808/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2809/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2810/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2811/// 2812void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2813 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2814 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2815 return; 2816 2817 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2818 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2819 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2820 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2821 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2822 << New->getDeclName(); 2823 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2824 diag::note_previous_definition); 2825 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2826 } 2827 2828 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2829 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2830 // 2831 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2832 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2833 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2834 << New->getIdentifier(); 2835 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2836 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2837 } 2838 2839 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2840 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2841 // declaration 2842 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2843 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2844 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2845 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2846 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2847 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2848 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2849 } 2850 2851 // Merge the types. 2852 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2853 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2854 return; 2855 2856 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2857 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2858 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2859 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2860 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2861 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2862 } 2863 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2864 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2865 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2866 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2867 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2868 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2869 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2870 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2871 // identifier has external linkage. 2872 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2873 /* Okay */; 2874 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2875 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2876 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2877 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2878 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2879 } 2880 2881 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2882 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2883 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2884 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2885 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2886 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2887 } 2888 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2889 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2890 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2891 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2892 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2893 } 2894 2895 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2896 2897 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2898 // need to check for mismatches. 2899 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2900 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2901 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2902 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2903 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2904 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2905 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2906 } 2907 2908 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2909 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2910 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2911 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2912 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2913 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2914 } 2915 2916 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2917 const VarDecl *Def; 2918 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2919 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2920 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2921 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2922 << New->getDeclName(); 2923 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2924 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2925 return; 2926 } 2927 2928 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2929 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2930 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2931 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2932 return; 2933 } 2934 2935 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2936 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2937 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2938 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2939 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2940 // specified at the prior declaration. 2941 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2942 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2943 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage) 2944 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2945 2946 // Merge "used" flag. 2947 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2948 New->setUsed(); 2949 2950 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2951 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2952 2953 // Inherit access appropriately. 2954 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2955} 2956 2957/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2958/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2959Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2960 DeclSpec &DS) { 2961 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2962} 2963 2964/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2965/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2966/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2967Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2968 DeclSpec &DS, 2969 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2970 Decl *TagD = 0; 2971 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2972 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2973 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2974 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2975 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2976 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2977 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2978 2979 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2980 return 0; 2981 2982 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2983 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2984 // it's a Type. 2985 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2986 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2987 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2988 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2989 } 2990 2991 if (Tag) { 2992 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 2993 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2994 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2995 return Tag; 2996 } 2997 2998 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2999 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3000 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3001 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3002 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3003 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3004 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3005 } 3006 3007 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3008 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3009 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3010 if (Tag) 3011 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3012 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3013 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3014 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3015 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3016 else 3017 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3018 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3019 return TagD; 3020 } 3021 3022 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3023 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3024 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3025 if (TagD && !Tag) 3026 return 0; 3027 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3028 } 3029 3030 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 3031 // declarators. 3032 bool emittedWarning = false; 3033 3034 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3035 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3036 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3037 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3038 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3039 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3040 3041 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 3042 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3043 emittedWarning = true; 3044 } 3045 } 3046 3047 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 3048 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3049 CurContext->isRecord() && 3050 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3051 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3052 // struct STRUCT; 3053 // and 3054 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3055 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3056 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3057 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3058 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3059 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3060 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3061 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3062 } 3063 } 3064 3065 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3066 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3067 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3068 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3069 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 3070 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 3071 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3072 emittedWarning = true; 3073 } 3074 3075 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3076 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 3077 3078 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3079 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 3080 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 3081 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3082 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 3083 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3084 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3085 return Tag; 3086 } 3087 3088 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 3089 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3090 emittedWarning = true; 3091 } 3092 3093 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 3094 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 3095 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 3096 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3097 return TagD; 3098 3099 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3100 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3101 // useless. 3102 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3103 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3104 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 3105 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 3106 3107 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 3108 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 3109 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3110 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3111 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 3112 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3113 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 3114 // Restrict is covered above. 3115 } 3116 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3117 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 3118 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 3119 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 3120 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 3121 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 3122 3123 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3124 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3125 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3126 << Tag->getTagKind() 3127 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3128 3129 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3130 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3131 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3132 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3133 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3134 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3135 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3136 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3137 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3138 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3139 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3140 while (attrs) { 3141 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3142 << attrs->getName() 3143 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3144 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3145 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3146 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3147 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3148 } 3149 } 3150 } 3151 3152 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3153 3154 return TagD; 3155} 3156 3157/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3158/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3159/// 3160/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3161static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3162 Scope *S, 3163 DeclContext *Owner, 3164 DeclarationName Name, 3165 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3166 unsigned diagnostic) { 3167 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3168 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3169 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3170 3171 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3172 return false; 3173 3174 // Pick a representative declaration. 3175 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3176 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3177 3178 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3179 return false; 3180 3181 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3182 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3183 3184 return true; 3185} 3186 3187/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3188/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3189/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3190/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3191/// struct, e.g., 3192/// 3193/// @code 3194/// union { 3195/// int i; 3196/// float f; 3197/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3198/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3199/// @endcode 3200/// 3201/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3202/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3203static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3204 DeclContext *Owner, 3205 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3206 AccessSpecifier AS, 3207 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 3208 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3209 unsigned diagKind 3210 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3211 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3212 3213 bool Invalid = false; 3214 3215 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3216 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3217 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3218 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3219 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3220 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3221 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3222 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3223 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3224 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3225 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3226 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3227 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3228 Invalid = true; 3229 } else { 3230 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3231 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3232 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3233 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3234 // anonymous union is declared. 3235 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3236 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3237 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3238 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3239 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3240 else 3241 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3242 3243 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3244 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3245 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3246 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3247 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3248 3249 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3250 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3251 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3252 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3253 3254 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3255 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3256 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3257 3258 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3259 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3260 3261 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3262 } 3263 } 3264 } 3265 3266 return Invalid; 3267} 3268 3269/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3270/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3271/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3272static StorageClass 3273StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3274 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3275 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3276 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3277 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3278 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3279 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3280 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3281 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3282 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3283 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3284 } 3285 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3286} 3287 3288/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3289/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3290/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3291static StorageClass 3292StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3293 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3294 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3295 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3296 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3297 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3298 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3299 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 3300 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3301 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 3302 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3303 } 3304 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3305} 3306 3307/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3308/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3309/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3310/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3311Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3312 AccessSpecifier AS, 3313 RecordDecl *Record) { 3314 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3315 3316 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3317 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3318 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3319 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3320 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3321 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3322 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3323 3324 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3325 // structs/unions. 3326 bool Invalid = false; 3327 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3328 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3329 unsigned DiagID; 3330 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3331 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3332 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3333 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3334 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3335 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3336 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3337 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3338 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3339 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3340 3341 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3342 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3343 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3344 } 3345 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3346 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3347 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3348 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3349 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3350 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3351 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3352 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3353 3354 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3355 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3356 SourceLocation(), 3357 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3358 } 3359 } 3360 3361 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3362 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3363 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3364 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3365 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3366 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3367 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3368 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3369 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3370 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3371 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3372 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3373 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3374 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3375 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3376 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3377 3378 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3379 } 3380 3381 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3382 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3383 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3384 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3385 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3386 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3387 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3388 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3389 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3390 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3391 // members (clause 11). 3392 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3393 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3394 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3395 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3396 Invalid = true; 3397 } 3398 3399 // C++ [class.union]p1 3400 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3401 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3402 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3403 // array of such objects. 3404 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3405 Invalid = true; 3406 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3407 // Any implicit members are fine. 3408 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3409 // This is a type that showed up in an 3410 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3411 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3412 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3413 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3414 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3415 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3416 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3417 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3418 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3419 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3420 else { 3421 // This is a nested type declaration. 3422 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3423 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3424 Invalid = true; 3425 } 3426 } else { 3427 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3428 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3429 // not part of standard C++. 3430 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3431 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3432 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3433 } 3434 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3435 // Any access specifier is fine. 3436 } else { 3437 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3438 // member. Complain about it. 3439 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3440 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3441 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3442 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3443 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3444 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3445 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3446 3447 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3448 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3449 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3450 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3451 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3452 else { 3453 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3454 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3455 Invalid = true; 3456 } 3457 } 3458 } 3459 } 3460 3461 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3462 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3463 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3464 Invalid = true; 3465 } 3466 3467 // Mock up a declarator. 3468 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3469 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3470 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3471 3472 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3473 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3474 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3475 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3476 DS.getLocStart(), 3477 Record->getLocation(), 3478 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3479 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3480 TInfo, 3481 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3482 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3483 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3484 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3485 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3486 } else { 3487 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3488 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3489 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3490 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3491 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3492 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3493 // an error here 3494 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3495 Invalid = true; 3496 SC = SC_None; 3497 } 3498 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3499 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3500 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3501 3502 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3503 DS.getLocStart(), 3504 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3505 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3506 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3507 3508 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3509 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3510 // initializer: 3511 // union { int n = 0; }; 3512 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3513 } 3514 Anon->setImplicit(); 3515 3516 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3517 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3518 // its members. 3519 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3520 3521 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3522 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3523 // purposes. 3524 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3525 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3526 3527 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3528 Chain, false)) 3529 Invalid = true; 3530 3531 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3532 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3533 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3534 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3535 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3536 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3537 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3538 3539 if (Invalid) 3540 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3541 3542 return Anon; 3543} 3544 3545/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3546/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3547/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3548/// Example: 3549/// 3550/// struct A { int a; }; 3551/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3552/// 3553/// void foo() { 3554/// B var; 3555/// var.a = 3; 3556/// } 3557/// 3558Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3559 RecordDecl *Record) { 3560 3561 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3562 if (!Record) 3563 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3564 3565 // Mock up a declarator. 3566 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3567 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3568 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3569 3570 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3571 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3572 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3573 DS.getLocStart(), 3574 DS.getLocStart(), 3575 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3576 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3577 TInfo, 3578 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3579 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3580 Anon->setImplicit(); 3581 3582 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3583 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3584 3585 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3586 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3587 // purposes. 3588 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3589 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3590 3591 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3592 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3593 RecordDef, AS_none, 3594 Chain, true)) 3595 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3596 3597 return Anon; 3598} 3599 3600/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3601/// given Declarator. 3602DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3603 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3604} 3605 3606/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3607DeclarationNameInfo 3608Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3609 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3610 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3611 3612 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3613 3614 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3615 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3616 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3617 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3618 return NameInfo; 3619 3620 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3621 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3622 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3623 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3624 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3625 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3626 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3627 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3628 return NameInfo; 3629 3630 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3631 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3632 Name.Identifier)); 3633 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3634 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3635 return NameInfo; 3636 3637 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3638 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3639 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3640 if (Ty.isNull()) 3641 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3642 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3643 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3644 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3645 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3646 return NameInfo; 3647 } 3648 3649 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3650 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3651 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3652 if (Ty.isNull()) 3653 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3654 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3655 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3656 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3657 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3658 return NameInfo; 3659 } 3660 3661 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3662 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3663 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3664 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3665 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3666 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3667 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3668 3669 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3670 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3671 3672 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3673 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3674 // was qualified. 3675 3676 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3677 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3678 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3679 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3680 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3681 return NameInfo; 3682 } 3683 3684 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3685 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3686 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3687 if (Ty.isNull()) 3688 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3689 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3690 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3691 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3692 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3693 return NameInfo; 3694 } 3695 3696 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3697 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3698 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3699 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3700 } 3701 3702 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3703 3704 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3705} 3706 3707static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3708 do { 3709 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3710 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3711 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3712 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3713 else 3714 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3715 } while (true); 3716} 3717 3718/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3719/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3720/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3721/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3722/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3723/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3724/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3725static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3726 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3727 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3728 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3729 Params.clear(); 3730 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3731 return false; 3732 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3733 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3734 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3735 3736 // The parameter types are identical 3737 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3738 continue; 3739 3740 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3741 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3742 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3743 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3744 3745 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3746 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3747 Params.push_back(Idx); 3748 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3749 return false; 3750 } 3751 3752 return true; 3753} 3754 3755/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3756/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3757/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3758/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3759/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3760static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3761 DeclarationName Name) { 3762 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3763 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3764 // - types which will become injected class names 3765 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3766 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3767 // few cases here. 3768 3769 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3770 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3771 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3772 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3773 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3774 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3775 // Grab the type from the parser. 3776 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3777 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3778 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3779 3780 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3781 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3782 // attached already. 3783 if (!TSI) 3784 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3785 3786 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3787 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3788 if (!TSI) return true; 3789 3790 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3791 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3792 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3793 break; 3794 } 3795 3796 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3797 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3798 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3799 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3800 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3801 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3802 break; 3803 } 3804 3805 default: 3806 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3807 break; 3808 } 3809 3810 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3811 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3812 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3813 3814 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3815 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3816 // pointer. 3817 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3818 continue; 3819 3820 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3821 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3822 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3823 return true; 3824 } 3825 3826 return false; 3827} 3828 3829Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3830 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3831 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3832 3833 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3834 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3835 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3836 3837 return Dcl; 3838} 3839 3840/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3841/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3842/// name different from T: 3843/// - every static data member of class T; 3844/// - every member function of class T 3845/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3846/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3847bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3848 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3849 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3850 3851 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3852 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3853 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3854 return true; 3855 } 3856 3857 return false; 3858} 3859 3860/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3861/// nested-name-specifier. 3862/// 3863/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3864/// 3865/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3866/// resolves. 3867/// 3868/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3869/// 3870/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3871/// 3872/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3873bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3874 DeclarationName Name, 3875 SourceLocation Loc) { 3876 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3877 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3878 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3879 3880 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3881 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3882 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3883 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3884 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3885 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3886 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3887 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3888 3889 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3890 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3891 // 3892 // class X { 3893 // void X::f(); 3894 // }; 3895 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3896 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3897 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3898 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3899 SS.clear(); 3900 return false; 3901 } 3902 3903 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3904 // declaration. 3905 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3906 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3907 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3908 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3909 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3910 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3911 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3912 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3913 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3914 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3915 else 3916 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3917 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3918 3919 return true; 3920 } 3921 3922 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3923 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3924 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3925 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3926 SS.clear(); 3927 3928 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3929 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3930 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3931 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3932 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3933 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3934 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3935 return true; 3936 3937 return false; 3938 } 3939 3940 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3941 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3942 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3943 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3944 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3945 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3946 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3947 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3948 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3949 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3950 3951 return false; 3952} 3953 3954NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3955 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3956 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3957 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3958 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3959 3960 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3961 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3962 if (!Name) { 3963 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3964 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3965 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3966 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3967 return 0; 3968 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3969 return 0; 3970 3971 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3972 // we find one that is. 3973 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3974 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3975 S = S->getParent(); 3976 3977 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3978 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3979 D.setInvalidType(); 3980 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3981 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3982 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3983 return 0; 3984 3985 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3986 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3987 if (!DC) { 3988 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3989 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3990 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3991 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3992 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3993 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3994 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3995 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3996 return 0; 3997 } 3998 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3999 4000 if (!IsDependentContext && 4001 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4002 return 0; 4003 4004 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4005 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4006 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4007 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4008 D.setInvalidType(); 4009 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4010 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4011 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4012 if (DC->isRecord()) 4013 return 0; 4014 4015 D.setInvalidType(); 4016 } 4017 } 4018 4019 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4020 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4021 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4022 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4023 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4024 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4025 D.setInvalidType(); 4026 } 4027 } 4028 4029 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4030 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4031 // Just return early; it's safer. 4032 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4033 return 0; 4034 4035 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4036 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4037 4038 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4039 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4040 D.setInvalidType(); 4041 4042 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4043 ForRedeclaration); 4044 4045 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4046 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4047 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4048 4049 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4050 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4051 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4052 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4053 /* Do nothing*/; 4054 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4055 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4056 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4057 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4058 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 4059 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4060 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4061 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4062 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4063 4064 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4065 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4066 4067 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 4068 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4069 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4070 4071 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4072 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4073 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4074 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4075 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4076 // thereof; [...] 4077 // 4078 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4079 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4080 // we want to match. For example, given: 4081 // 4082 // class X { 4083 // void f(); 4084 // void f(float); 4085 // }; 4086 // 4087 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4088 // 4089 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4090 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4091 // matches. 4092 4093 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4094 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4095 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4096 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4097 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4098 } 4099 4100 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4101 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4102 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4103 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4104 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4105 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4106 4107 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4108 Previous.clear(); 4109 } 4110 4111 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4112 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4113 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4114 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4115 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4116 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4117 Previous.clear(); 4118 4119 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4120 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4121 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4122 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4123 4124 NamedDecl *New; 4125 4126 bool AddToScope = true; 4127 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4128 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4129 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4130 return 0; 4131 } 4132 4133 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4134 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4135 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4136 TemplateParamLists, 4137 AddToScope); 4138 } else { 4139 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4140 TemplateParamLists); 4141 } 4142 4143 if (New == 0) 4144 return 0; 4145 4146 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4147 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4148 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4149 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 4150 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 4151 4152 return New; 4153} 4154 4155/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4156/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4157/// GCC compatibility). 4158static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4159 ASTContext &Context, 4160 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4161 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4162 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4163 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4164 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4165 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4166 SizeIsNegative = false; 4167 Oversized = 0; 4168 4169 if (T->isDependentType()) 4170 return QualType(); 4171 4172 QualifierCollector Qs; 4173 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4174 4175 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4176 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4177 QualType FixedType = 4178 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4179 Oversized); 4180 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4181 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4182 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4183 } 4184 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4185 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4186 QualType FixedType = 4187 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4188 Oversized); 4189 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4190 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4191 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4192 } 4193 4194 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4195 if (!VLATy) 4196 return QualType(); 4197 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4198 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4199 return QualType(); 4200 4201 llvm::APSInt Res; 4202 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4203 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4204 return QualType(); 4205 4206 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4207 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4208 SizeIsNegative = true; 4209 return QualType(); 4210 } 4211 4212 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4213 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4214 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4215 Res); 4216 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4217 Oversized = Res; 4218 return QualType(); 4219 } 4220 4221 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4222 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4223} 4224 4225static void 4226FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4227 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4228 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4229 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4230 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4231 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4232 return; 4233 } 4234 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4235 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4236 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4237 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4238 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4239 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4240 return; 4241 } 4242 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4243 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4244 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4245 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4246 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4247 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4248 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4249 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4250} 4251 4252/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4253/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4254/// GCC compatibility). 4255static TypeSourceInfo* 4256TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4257 ASTContext &Context, 4258 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4259 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4260 QualType FixedTy 4261 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4262 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4263 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4264 return 0; 4265 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4266 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4267 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4268 return FixedTInfo; 4269} 4270 4271/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4272/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 4273void 4274Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 4275 const LookupResult &Previous, 4276 Scope *S) { 4277 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4278 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4279 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4280 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4281 4282 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 4283 return; 4284 4285 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4286 4287 // If there was a previous declaration of this entity, it may be in 4288 // our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 4289 // declaration. 4290 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 4291 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 4292 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 4293 4294 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4295 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 4296 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 4297 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 4298 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 4299 4300 } else { 4301 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 4302 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 4303 S = S->getParent(); 4304 } 4305 4306 if (S) 4307 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 4308 } 4309} 4310 4311llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4312Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4313 if (ExternalSource) { 4314 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4315 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4316 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4317 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4318 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4319 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4320 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4321 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4322 } 4323 } 4324 4325 return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); 4326} 4327 4328/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4329/// does not identify a function. 4330void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 4331 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4332 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4333 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 4334 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4335 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4336 4337 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 4338 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4339 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4340 4341 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 4342 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4343 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4344 4345 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 4346 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4347 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4348} 4349 4350NamedDecl* 4351Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4352 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4353 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4354 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4355 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4356 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4357 D.setInvalidType(); 4358 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4359 DC = CurContext; 4360 Previous.clear(); 4361 } 4362 4363 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4364 4365 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4366 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4367 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4368 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4369 << 1; 4370 4371 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4372 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4373 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4374 return 0; 4375 } 4376 4377 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4378 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4379 4380 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4381 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4382 4383 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4384 4385 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4386 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4387 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4388 return ND; 4389} 4390 4391void 4392Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4393 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4394 // then it shall have block scope. 4395 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4396 // that redeclarations will match. 4397 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4398 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4399 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4400 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4401 4402 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4403 bool SizeIsNegative; 4404 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4405 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4406 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4407 SizeIsNegative, 4408 Oversized); 4409 if (FixedTInfo) { 4410 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4411 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4412 } else { 4413 if (SizeIsNegative) 4414 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4415 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4416 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4417 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4418 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4419 << Oversized.toString(10); 4420 else 4421 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4422 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4423 } 4424 } 4425 } 4426} 4427 4428 4429/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4430/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4431/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4432NamedDecl* 4433Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4434 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4435 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4436 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4437 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4438 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4439 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4440 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4441 Redeclaration = true; 4442 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4443 } 4444 4445 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4446 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4447 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4448 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4449 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4450 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4451 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4452 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4453 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4454 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4455 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4456 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4457 } 4458 4459 return NewTD; 4460} 4461 4462/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4463/// previous declaration. 4464/// 4465/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4466/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4467/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4468/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4469/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4470/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4471/// 4472/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4473/// lookup 4474/// 4475/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4476/// declared. 4477/// 4478/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4479/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4480static bool 4481isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4482 ASTContext &Context) { 4483 if (!PrevDecl) 4484 return false; 4485 4486 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4487 return false; 4488 4489 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4490 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4491 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4492 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4493 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4494 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4495 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4496 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4497 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4498 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4499 return false; 4500 4501 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4502 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4503 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4504 return false; 4505 4506 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4507 // previous declarations. 4508 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4509 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4510 4511 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4512 // isn't the same function. 4513 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4514 return false; 4515 } 4516 4517 return true; 4518} 4519 4520static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4521 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4522 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4523 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4524} 4525 4526bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4527 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4528 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4529 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4530 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4531 unsigned kind = -1U; 4532 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4533 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4534 kind = 0; // __block 4535 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4536 kind = 1; // global 4537 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4538 kind = 3; // ivar 4539 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4540 kind = 2; // field 4541 } 4542 4543 if (kind != -1U) { 4544 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4545 << kind; 4546 } 4547 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4548 // Try to infer lifetime. 4549 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4550 return false; 4551 4552 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4553 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4554 decl->setType(type); 4555 } 4556 4557 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4558 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4559 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4560 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4561 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4562 << var->getType(); 4563 return true; 4564 } 4565 } 4566 4567 return false; 4568} 4569 4570static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4571 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4572 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4573 if (ND.getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) { 4574 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4575 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4576 } 4577 } 4578 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4579 if (ND.hasExternalLinkage()) { 4580 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4581 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4582 } 4583 } 4584} 4585 4586NamedDecl* 4587Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4588 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4589 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4590 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4591 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4592 4593 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4594 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4595 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4596 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4597 4598 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) 4599 { 4600 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4601 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4602 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4603 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4604 D.setInvalidType(); 4605 } 4606 } 4607 4608 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4609 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4610 // an error here 4611 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4612 D.setInvalidType(); 4613 SC = SC_None; 4614 } 4615 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4616 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4617 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4618 4619 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4620 if (!II) { 4621 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4622 << Name; 4623 return 0; 4624 } 4625 4626 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4627 4628 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4629 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4630 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4631 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4632 4633 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4634 // is a GNU extension. 4635 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4636 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4637 else 4638 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4639 D.setInvalidType(); 4640 } 4641 } 4642 4643 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4644 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4645 // OpenCL __local address space. 4646 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4647 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4648 SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4649 } 4650 4651 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4652 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4653 // space qualifiers. 4654 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4655 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4656 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4657 } 4658 4659 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4660 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4661 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4662 // address space qualifiers. 4663 if (R->isEventT()) { 4664 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4665 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4666 D.setInvalidType(); 4667 } 4668 4669 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4670 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4671 D.setInvalidType(); 4672 } 4673 } 4674 } 4675 4676 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4677 VarDecl *NewVD; 4678 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4679 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4680 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4681 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4682 4683 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4684 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4685 } else { 4686 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4687 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4688 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4689 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4690 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4691 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4692 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4693 SC = SC_Static; 4694 } 4695 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4696 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4697 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4698 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4699 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4700 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4701 4702 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4703 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4704 if (RD->isUnion()) 4705 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4706 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4707 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4708 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4709 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4710 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4711 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4712 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4713 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4714 } 4715 } 4716 4717 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4718 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4719 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4720 bool Invalid = false; 4721 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4722 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4723 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4724 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4725 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4726 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4727 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4728 /*never a friend*/ false, 4729 isExplicitSpecialization, 4730 Invalid)) { 4731 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4732 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4733 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4734 << II 4735 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4736 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4737 return 0; 4738 } else { 4739 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4740 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4741 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4742 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4743 << II 4744 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4745 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4746 } 4747 } 4748 4749 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4750 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4751 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4752 4753 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4754 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4755 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4756 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4757 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4758 4759 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4760 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4761 4762 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4763 4764 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4765 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4766 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4767 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4768 } 4769 4770 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4771 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4772 } 4773 4774 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4775 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4776 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4777 4778 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4779 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4780 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4781 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4782 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4783 else 4784 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4785 } 4786 4787 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4788 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4789 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4790 << 2 4791 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4792 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4793 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4794 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4795 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4796 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4797 else 4798 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4799 } 4800 4801 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4802 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4803 4804 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 4805 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 4806 4807 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4808 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4809 // storage [duration]." 4810 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4811 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4812 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4813 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4814 NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static); 4815 } 4816 } 4817 4818 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4819 // retainable type. 4820 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4821 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4822 4823 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4824 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4825 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4826 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4827 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4828 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4829 switch (SC) { 4830 case SC_None: 4831 case SC_Auto: 4832 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4833 break; 4834 case SC_Register: 4835 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4836 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4837 break; 4838 case SC_Static: 4839 case SC_Extern: 4840 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4841 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4842 break; 4843 } 4844 } 4845 4846 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4847 Context, Label)); 4848 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4849 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4850 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4851 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4852 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4853 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4854 } 4855 } 4856 4857 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4858 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4859 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4860 4861 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4862 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4863 // declaration has linkage). 4864 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4865 isExplicitSpecialization); 4866 4867 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4868 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4869 } else { 4870 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4871 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4872 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4873 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4874 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4875 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4876 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4877 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4878 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4879 Previous.clear(); 4880 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4881 } 4882 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4883 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4884 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4885 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4886 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4887 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4888 } 4889 4890 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4891 4892 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4893 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4894 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4895 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4896 } 4897 4898 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 4899 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 4900 4901 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4902 // such variables. 4903 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4904 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4905 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4906 4907 return NewVD; 4908} 4909 4910/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4911/// -Wshadow. 4912/// 4913/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4914/// scope. 4915/// 4916/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4917/// \param R the lookup of the name 4918/// 4919void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4920 // Return if warning is ignored. 4921 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4922 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4923 return; 4924 4925 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4926 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4927 return; 4928 4929 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4930 4931 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4932 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4933 return; 4934 4935 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4936 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4937 return; 4938 4939 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4940 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4941 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4942 if (MD->isStatic()) 4943 return; 4944 4945 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4946 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4947 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4948 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4949 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4950 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4951 I != E; ++I) 4952 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4953 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4954 break; 4955 } 4956 } 4957 4958 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4959 4960 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4961 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4962 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4963 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4964 return; 4965 4966 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4967 // static data members from base classes? 4968 4969 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4970 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4971 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4972 } 4973 4974 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4975 unsigned Kind; 4976 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4977 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4978 Kind = 3; // field 4979 else 4980 Kind = 2; // static data member 4981 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4982 Kind = 1; // global 4983 else 4984 Kind = 0; // local 4985 4986 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4987 4988 // Emit warning and note. 4989 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4990 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4991} 4992 4993/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4994void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4995 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4996 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4997 return; 4998 4999 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5000 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5001 LookupName(R, S); 5002 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5003} 5004 5005template<typename T> 5006static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { 5007 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = ND->getStorageClass(); 5008 if (ND->isExternC() && (SC == SC_Extern || SC == SC_PrivateExtern)) 5009 return true; 5010 return ND->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5011} 5012 5013/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5014/// declaration. 5015/// 5016/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5017/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5018/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5019/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5020/// that have been instantiated from a template. 5021/// 5022/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5023/// 5024/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5025bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 5026 LookupResult &Previous) { 5027 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5028 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5029 return false; 5030 5031 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5032 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5033 5034 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5035 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5036 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5037 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5038 NewVD->setType(T); 5039 } 5040 5041 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5042 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5043 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5044 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5045 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5046 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5047 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5048 return false; 5049 } 5050 5051 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5052 // scope. 5053 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5054 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5055 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5056 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5057 return false; 5058 } 5059 5060 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5061 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5062 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5063 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5064 else { 5065 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5066 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5067 } 5068 } 5069 5070 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5071 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5072 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5073 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5074 5075 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5076 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5077 bool SizeIsNegative; 5078 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5079 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5080 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5081 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5082 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5083 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5084 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5085 // int a[10][n]; 5086 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5087 5088 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5089 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5090 << SizeRange; 5091 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 5092 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5093 << SizeRange; 5094 else 5095 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5096 << SizeRange; 5097 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5098 return false; 5099 } 5100 5101 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5102 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5103 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5104 else 5105 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5106 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5107 return false; 5108 } 5109 5110 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5111 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5112 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5113 } 5114 5115 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { 5116 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5117 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5118 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5119 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 5120 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 5121 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5122 } 5123 5124 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5125 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5126 5127 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 5128 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5129 << T; 5130 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5131 return false; 5132 } 5133 5134 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5135 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5136 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5137 return false; 5138 } 5139 5140 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5141 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5142 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5143 return false; 5144 } 5145 5146 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5147 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5148 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5149 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5150 return false; 5151 } 5152 5153 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5154 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 5155 return true; 5156 } 5157 return false; 5158} 5159 5160/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5161struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5162 Sema *S; 5163 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5164}; 5165 5166/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5167/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5168/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5169static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5170 CXXBasePath &Path, 5171 void *UserData) { 5172 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5173 5174 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5175 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5176 5177 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5178 5179 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5180 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5181 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5182 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5183 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5184 5185 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5186 } 5187 5188 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5189 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5190 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5191 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5192 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5193 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5194 return true; 5195 } 5196 } 5197 5198 return false; 5199} 5200 5201namespace { 5202 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5203} 5204/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5205/// overriden methods. 5206/// 5207/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5208/// \param MD the overriding method. 5209/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5210static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5211 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5212 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5213 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5214 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5215 I != E; ++I) { 5216 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5217 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5218 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5219 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5220 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5221 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5222 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5223 } 5224} 5225 5226/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5227/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5228bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5229 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5230 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5231 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5232 Data.Method = MD; 5233 Data.S = this; 5234 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5235 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5236 bool AddedAny = false; 5237 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5238 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5239 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5240 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5241 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5242 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5243 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5244 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5245 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5246 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5247 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5248 AddedAny = true; 5249 } 5250 } 5251 } 5252 } 5253 5254 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5255 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5256 } 5257 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5258 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5259 } 5260 5261 return AddedAny; 5262} 5263 5264namespace { 5265 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5266 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5267 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5268 Scope *S; 5269 Declarator &D; 5270 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5271 bool AddToScope; 5272 }; 5273} 5274 5275namespace { 5276 5277// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5278// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5279class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5280 public: 5281 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5282 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5283 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5284 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5285 5286 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5287 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5288 return false; 5289 5290 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5291 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5292 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5293 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5294 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5295 5296 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5297 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5298 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5299 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5300 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5301 return true; 5302 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5303 return true; 5304 } 5305 } 5306 } 5307 5308 return false; 5309 } 5310 5311 private: 5312 ASTContext &Context; 5313 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5314 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5315}; 5316 5317} 5318 5319/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5320/// 5321/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5322/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5323/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5324/// the same name. 5325/// 5326/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5327/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5328static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5329 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5330 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5331 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5332 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5333 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5334 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5335 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5336 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5337 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5338 TypoCorrection Correction; 5339 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5340 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5341 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5342 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5343 5344 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5345 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5346 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5347 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5348 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5349 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5350 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5351 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5352 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5353 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5354 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5355 if (FD && 5356 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5357 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5358 // involve a parameter 5359 unsigned ParamNum = 5360 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5361 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5362 } 5363 } 5364 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5365 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5366 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5367 Validator, NewDC))) { 5368 // Trap errors. 5369 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5370 5371 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5372 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5373 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5374 Previous.clear(); 5375 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5376 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5377 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5378 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5379 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5380 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5381 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5382 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5383 } 5384 } 5385 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5386 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5387 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5388 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5389 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5390 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5391 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5392 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5393 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5394 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5395 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5396 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5397 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5398 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5399 Previous.clear(); 5400 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5401 Result = NULL; 5402 } else { 5403 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5404 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5405 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5406 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5407 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5408 } 5409 } 5410 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5411 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5412 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5413 } else { 5414 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5415 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5416 } 5417 } 5418 5419 if (Correction) { 5420 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5421 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5422 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5423 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5424 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5425 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5426 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5427 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5428 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5429 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5430 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5431 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5432 } else { 5433 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5434 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5435 } 5436 5437 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5438 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5439 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5440 5441 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5442 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5443 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5444 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5445 bool FDisConst = false; 5446 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5447 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5448 5449 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5450 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5451 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5452 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5453 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5454 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5455 } else if (Correction) { 5456 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5457 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5458 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5459 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5460 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5461 } else 5462 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5463 } 5464 return Result; 5465} 5466 5467static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5468 Declarator &D) { 5469 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5470 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5471 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5472 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5473 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5474 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5475 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5476 D.setInvalidType(); 5477 break; 5478 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5479 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5480 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5481 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5482 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5483 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5484 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5485 // other than extern 5486 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5487 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5488 diag::err_static_block_func); 5489 break; 5490 } else 5491 return SC_Static; 5492 } 5493 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5494 } 5495 5496 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5497 return SC_None; 5498} 5499 5500static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5501 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5502 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5503 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5504 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5505 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5506 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5507 5508 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5509 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5510 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 5511 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 5512 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 5513 5514 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5515 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5516 // prototype. This true when: 5517 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5518 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5519 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5520 bool HasPrototype = 5521 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5522 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5523 5524 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5525 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5526 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5527 HasPrototype); 5528 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5529 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5530 5531 // Set the lexical context. 5532 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5533 5534 return NewFD; 5535 } 5536 5537 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5538 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5539 5540 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5541 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5542 // the class has been completely parsed. 5543 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5544 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5545 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5546 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5547 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5548 D.setInvalidType(); 5549 5550 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5551 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5552 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5553 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5554 5555 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5556 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5557 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5558 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5559 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5560 isConstexpr); 5561 5562 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5563 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5564 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5565 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5566 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5567 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5568 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5569 D.getLocStart(), 5570 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5571 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5572 5573 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5574 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5575 // it yet. 5576 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5577 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5578 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5579 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5580 } 5581 5582 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5583 return NewDD; 5584 5585 } else { 5586 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5587 D.setInvalidType(); 5588 5589 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5590 // code path. 5591 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5592 D.getLocStart(), 5593 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5594 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5595 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5596 } 5597 5598 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5599 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5600 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5601 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5602 return 0; 5603 } 5604 5605 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5606 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5607 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5608 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5609 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5610 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5611 5612 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5613 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5614 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5615 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5616 // constructor if it has no return type). 5617 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5618 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5619 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5620 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5621 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5622 return 0; 5623 } 5624 5625 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5626 5627 // [class.free]p1: 5628 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5629 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5630 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5631 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5632 isStatic = true; 5633 5634 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5635 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5636 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5637 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5638 isStatic = true; 5639 5640 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5641 5642 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5643 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5644 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5645 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5646 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5647 5648 } else { 5649 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5650 // prototype. This true when: 5651 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5652 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5653 D.getLocStart(), 5654 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5655 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5656 } 5657} 5658 5659void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5660 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5661 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5662 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5663 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5664 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5665 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5666 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5667 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5668 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5669 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5670 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5671 << IsTypeAlias; 5672 } 5673} 5674 5675NamedDecl* 5676Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5677 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5678 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5679 bool &AddToScope) { 5680 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5681 5682 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5683 5684 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5685 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5686 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5687 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5688 5689 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5690 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5691 5692 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5693 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5694 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5695 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5696 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5697 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5698 5699 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5700 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5701 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5702 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5703 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, 5704 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5705 FPT->getNumArgs()), 5706 EPI); 5707 } 5708 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5709 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5710 } 5711 5712 bool isFriend = false; 5713 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5714 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5715 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5716 5717 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5718 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5719 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5720 5721 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5722 5723 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5724 isVirtualOkay); 5725 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5726 5727 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5728 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5729 5730 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5731 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5732 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5733 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5734 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5735 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5736 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5737 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5738 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5739 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5740 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5741 } 5742 5743 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5744 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5745 // return true). 5746 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5747 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5748 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5749 NewFD->setPure(true); 5750 } 5751 5752 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5753 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5754 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5755 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5756 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5757 5758 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5759 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5760 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5761 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5762 5763 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5764 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5765 bool Invalid = false; 5766 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5767 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5768 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5769 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5770 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5771 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5772 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5773 isFriend, 5774 isExplicitSpecialization, 5775 Invalid)) { 5776 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5777 // This is a function template 5778 5779 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5780 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5781 return 0; 5782 5783 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5784 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5785 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5786 return 0; 5787 } 5788 5789 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5790 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5791 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5792 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5793 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5794 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5795 Invalid = true; 5796 } 5797 5798 5799 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5800 NewFD->getLocation(), 5801 Name, TemplateParams, 5802 NewFD); 5803 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5804 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5805 5806 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5807 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5808 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5809 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5810 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5811 } 5812 } else { 5813 // This is a function template specialization. 5814 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5815 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5816 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5817 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5818 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5819 5820 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5821 if (isFriend) { 5822 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5823 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5824 5825 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5826 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5827 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5828 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5829 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5830 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5831 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5832 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5833 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5834 } 5835 5836 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5837 << Name << RemoveRange 5838 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5839 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5840 } 5841 } 5842 } 5843 else { 5844 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5845 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5846 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5847 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5848 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5849 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5850 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5851 } 5852 5853 if (Invalid) { 5854 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5855 if (FunctionTemplate) 5856 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5857 } 5858 5859 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5860 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5861 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5862 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5863 // 5864 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5865 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5866 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5867 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5868 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5869 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5870 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5871 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5872 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5873 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5874 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5875 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5876 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5877 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5878 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5879 } else { 5880 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5881 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5882 } 5883 } 5884 5885 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5886 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5887 // declaration. 5888 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5889 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5890 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5891 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5892 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5893 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5894 } 5895 } 5896 5897 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5898 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5899 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5900 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5901 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5902 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5903 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5904 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5905 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5906 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5907 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5908 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5909 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5910 // or conversion function. 5911 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5912 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5913 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5914 } 5915 } 5916 5917 if (isConstexpr) { 5918 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5919 // are implicitly inline. 5920 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5921 5922 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5923 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5924 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5925 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5926 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5927 } 5928 5929 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5930 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5931 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5932 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5933 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5934 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5935 << 0 5936 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5937 } else { 5938 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5939 if (FunctionTemplate) 5940 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5941 } 5942 } 5943 5944 if (isFriend) { 5945 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5946 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5947 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5948 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5949 } 5950 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5951 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5952 } 5953 5954 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5955 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5956 case FDK_Declaration: 5957 case FDK_Definition: 5958 break; 5959 5960 case FDK_Defaulted: 5961 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5962 break; 5963 5964 case FDK_Deleted: 5965 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5966 break; 5967 } 5968 5969 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5970 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5971 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5972 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5973 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5974 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5975 } 5976 5977 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5978 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5979 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5980 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5981 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5982 // the class. 5983 5984 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5985 // member function definition. 5986 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5987 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5988 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5989 } 5990 5991 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 5992 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 5993 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 5994 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 5995 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5996 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 5997 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 5998 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5999 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6000 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6001 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6002 FPT->getNumArgs()), 6003 EPI)); 6004 } 6005 } 6006 6007 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6008 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 6009 isExplicitSpecialization || 6010 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6011 6012 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6013 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6014 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6015 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6016 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6017 SE->getString())); 6018 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6019 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6020 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6021 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6022 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6023 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6024 } 6025 } 6026 6027 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6028 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6029 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6030 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6031 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6032 6033 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6034 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6035 // single void argument. 6036 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6037 // already checks for that case. 6038 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6039 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6040 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6041 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6042 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6043 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6044 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6045 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6046 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6047 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6048 Params.push_back(Param); 6049 6050 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6051 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6052 } 6053 } 6054 6055 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6056 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6057 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6058 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6059 // 6060 // @code 6061 // typedef void fn(int); 6062 // fn f; 6063 // @endcode 6064 6065 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6066 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6067 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6068 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6069 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6070 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6071 Params.push_back(Param); 6072 } 6073 } else { 6074 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6075 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6076 } 6077 6078 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6079 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6080 6081 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6082 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6083 // 6084 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6085 // 6086 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6087 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6088 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6089 6090 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6091 NewFD->addAttr( 6092 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6093 Context)); 6094 6095 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 6096 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6097 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 6098 6099 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6100 // because all functions have linkage. 6101 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6102 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6103 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6104 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6105 } 6106 6107 // Handle attributes. 6108 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6109 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 6110 6111 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6112 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6113 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6114 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6115 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6116 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6117 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 6118 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6119 Context)); 6120 } 6121 } 6122 6123 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6124 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6125 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6126 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6127 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6128 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6129 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6130 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6131 } 6132 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6133 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6134 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6135 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6136 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6137 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6138 } else { 6139 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6140 // argument list into our AST format. 6141 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6142 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6143 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 6144 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6145 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6146 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6147 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 6148 TemplateArgs); 6149 6150 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6151 6152 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6153 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6154 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 6155 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 6156 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 6157 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6158 6159 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6160 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6161 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 6162 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 6163 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 6164 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 6165 // too few of them). 6166 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 6167 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 6168 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6169 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6170 "template<> "); 6171 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6172 } else { 6173 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6174 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6175 } 6176 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6177 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6178 // wrote something like: 6179 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6180 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6181 // friend void foo<>(int); 6182 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6183 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6184 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6185 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6186 } 6187 6188 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6189 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6190 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6191 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6192 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6193 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6194 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6195 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6196 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6197 InstantiationDependent))) { 6198 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6199 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6200 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6201 Previous)) 6202 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6203 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6204 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6205 && !isFriend) { 6206 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6207 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6208 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6209 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6210 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6211 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6212 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6213 Previous)) 6214 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6215 6216 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6217 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6218 // specialization (14.7.3) 6219 if (SC != SC_None) { 6220 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 6221 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6222 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6223 << SC 6224 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6225 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6226 6227 else 6228 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6229 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6230 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6231 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6232 } 6233 6234 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6235 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6236 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6237 } 6238 6239 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6240 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6241 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6242 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6243 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6244 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6245 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6246 } else { 6247 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6248 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6249 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6250 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6251 } 6252 } 6253 6254 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6255 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6256 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6257 6258 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6259 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6260 : NewFD); 6261 6262 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6263 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6264 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6265 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6266 6267 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 6268 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 6269 6270 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 6271 } 6272 6273 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 6274 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 6275 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 6276 6277 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 6278 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 6279 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6280 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 6281 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 6282 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 6283 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 6284 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 6285 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 6286 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 6287 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 6288 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6289 DC && DC->isRecord() && 6290 DC->isDependentContext()) 6291 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6292 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 6293 } 6294 6295 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6296 // Ignore all the rest of this. 6297 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 6298 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 6299 AddToScope }; 6300 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 6301 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 6302 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6303 6304 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 6305 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6306 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 6307 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 6308 6309 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 6310 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 6311 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 6312 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 6313 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 6314 // can actually do this check immediately. 6315 if (isFriend && 6316 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 6317 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 6318 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 6319 // ignore these 6320 } else { 6321 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 6322 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6323 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6324 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6325 // 6326 // class X { 6327 // void f() const; 6328 // }; 6329 // 6330 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6331 // 6332 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6333 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6334 // whether the parameter types are references). 6335 6336 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6337 NewFD, 6338 ExtraArgs)) { 6339 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6340 return Result; 6341 } 6342 } 6343 6344 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6345 // to something. 6346 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6347 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6348 NewFD, 6349 ExtraArgs)) { 6350 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6351 return Result; 6352 } 6353 } 6354 6355 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6356 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6357 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6358 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6359 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6360 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6361 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6362 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6363 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6364 // generate them. 6365 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6366 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6367 } 6368 } 6369 6370 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 6371 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 6372 6373 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6374 6375 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6376 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6377 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6378 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6379 << NewFD; 6380 6381 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6382 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6383 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6384 EPI.Variadic = true; 6385 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6386 6387 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 6388 ArrayRef<QualType>(), 6389 EPI); 6390 NewFD->setType(R); 6391 } 6392 6393 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6394 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6395 if (NewFD->hasExternalLinkage() && !DC->isRecord()) 6396 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6397 6398 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6399 // marking the function. 6400 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6401 6402 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6403 // map of such names. 6404 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6405 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6406 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6407 6408 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6409 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6410 6411 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6412 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6413 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6414 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6415 return FunctionTemplate; 6416 } 6417 } 6418 6419 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6420 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6421 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6422 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6423 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6424 D.setInvalidType(); 6425 } 6426 6427 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 6428 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 6429 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6430 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 6431 D.setInvalidType(); 6432 } 6433 6434 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 6435 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 6436 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 6437 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6438 6439 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6440 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6441 // pointer to a pointer type. 6442 if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { 6443 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); 6444 D.setInvalidType(); 6445 } 6446 6447 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6448 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6449 // of event_t type. 6450 if (PT->isEventT()) { 6451 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); 6452 D.setInvalidType(); 6453 } 6454 } 6455 } 6456 6457 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6458 6459 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6460 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6461 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6462 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6463 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6464 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6465 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6466 6467 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6468 } 6469 } 6470 6471 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6472 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6473 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6474 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6475 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6476 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6477 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6478 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6479 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6480 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6481 AddToScope = false; 6482 } 6483 6484 return NewFD; 6485} 6486 6487/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6488/// 6489/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6490/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6491/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6492/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6493/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6494/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6495/// via InstantiateDecl). 6496/// 6497/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6498/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6499/// 6500/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6501/// 6502/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6503bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6504 LookupResult &Previous, 6505 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6506 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6507 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6508 6509 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6510 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { 6511 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6512 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6513 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6514 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6515 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 6516 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6517 } 6518 6519 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6520 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6521 6522 bool Redeclaration = false; 6523 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6524 6525 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6526 // the same name, if appropriate. 6527 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6528 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6529 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6530 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6531 // function to the scope. 6532 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6533 Redeclaration = true; 6534 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6535 } else { 6536 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6537 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6538 case Ovl_Match: 6539 Redeclaration = true; 6540 break; 6541 6542 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6543 Redeclaration = true; 6544 break; 6545 6546 case Ovl_Overload: 6547 Redeclaration = false; 6548 break; 6549 } 6550 6551 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6552 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6553 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6554 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6555 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6556 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6557 if (Redeclaration) 6558 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6559 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6560 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6561 if (OverloadedDecl) 6562 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6563 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6564 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6565 Context)); 6566 } 6567 } 6568 } 6569 6570 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6571 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6572 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6573 // 6574 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6575 // definition of a static member function. 6576 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6577 if (MD && MD->isConstexpr() && !MD->isStatic() && 6578 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6579 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6580 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6581 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6582 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6583 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6584 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6585 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6586 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6587 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6588 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6589 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6590 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6591 FPT->getNumArgs()), 6592 EPI)); 6593 } 6594 } 6595 6596 if (Redeclaration) { 6597 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6598 // merged. 6599 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6600 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6601 return Redeclaration; 6602 } 6603 6604 Previous.clear(); 6605 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6606 6607 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6608 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6609 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6610 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6611 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6612 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6613 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6614 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6615 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6616 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6617 } 6618 6619 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6620 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6621 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6622 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6623 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6624 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6625 } 6626 6627 } else { 6628 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 6629 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6630 6631 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6632 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 6633 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 6634 // because of templates, which means that the previous 6635 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 6636 6637 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 6638 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6639 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 6640 6641 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 6642 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 6643 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 6644 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 6645 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 6646 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 6647 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 6648 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 6649 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 6650 } 6651 } 6652 } 6653 } 6654 } 6655 6656 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6657 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6658 // C++-specific checks. 6659 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6660 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6661 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6662 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6663 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6664 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6665 6666 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6667 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6668 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6669 DeclarationName Name 6670 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6671 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6672 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6673 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6674 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6675 return Redeclaration; 6676 } 6677 } 6678 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6679 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6680 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6681 } 6682 6683 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6684 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6685 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6686 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6687 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6688 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6689 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6690 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6691 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6692 } 6693 } 6694 } 6695 6696 if (Method->isStatic()) 6697 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6698 } 6699 6700 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6701 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6702 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6703 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6704 return Redeclaration; 6705 } 6706 6707 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6708 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6709 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6710 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6711 return Redeclaration; 6712 } 6713 6714 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6715 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6716 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6717 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6718 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6719 6720 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6721 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6722 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6723 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6724 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6725 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6726 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6727 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6728 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6729 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6730 } 6731 } 6732 6733 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6734 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6735 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6736 if (NewFD->isExternC()) { 6737 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6738 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6739 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6740 << NewFD << R; 6741 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6742 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6743 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6744 } 6745 } 6746 return Redeclaration; 6747} 6748 6749static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6750 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6751 if (!TSI) 6752 return SourceRange(); 6753 6754 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 6755 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 6756 if (!FunctionTL) 6757 return SourceRange(); 6758 6759 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 6760 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 6761 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 6762 6763 return SourceRange(); 6764} 6765 6766void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6767 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6768 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6769 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 6770 // appear in a declaration of main. 6771 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6772 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 6773 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6774 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6775 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6776 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6777 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6778 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6779 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6780 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 6781 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 6782 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 6783 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 6784 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 6785 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 6786 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 6787 } 6788 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6789 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6790 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6791 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6792 } 6793 6794 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6795 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6796 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6797 6798 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6799 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6800 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6801 // set the flag which tells us that. 6802 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6803 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6804 6805 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6806 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6807 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6808 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6809 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6810 6811 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 6812 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 6813 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 6814 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 6815 6816 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6817 } else { 6818 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 6819 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 6820 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 6821 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 6822 else 6823 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6824 6825 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6826 } 6827 6828 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6829 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6830 6831 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6832 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6833 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6834 6835 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6836 6837 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6838 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6839 // getting shifty. 6840 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6841 HasExtraParameters = false; 6842 6843 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6844 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6845 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6846 nparams = 3; 6847 } 6848 6849 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6850 // if we had some location information about types. 6851 6852 QualType CharPP = 6853 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6854 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6855 6856 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6857 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6858 6859 bool mismatch = true; 6860 6861 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6862 mismatch = false; 6863 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6864 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6865 // char const ** 6866 // char const * const * 6867 // char * const * 6868 6869 QualifierCollector qs; 6870 const PointerType* PT; 6871 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6872 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6873 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 6874 Context.CharTy)) { 6875 qs.removeConst(); 6876 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6877 } 6878 } 6879 6880 if (mismatch) { 6881 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6882 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6883 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6884 } 6885 } 6886 6887 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6888 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6889 } 6890 6891 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6892 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6893 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6894 } 6895} 6896 6897bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6898 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6899 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6900 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6901 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6902 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6903 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6904 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6905 // rules there don't matter.) 6906 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6907 return false; 6908 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6909 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6910 return true; 6911} 6912 6913namespace { 6914 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6915 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6916 class SelfReferenceChecker 6917 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6918 Sema &S; 6919 Decl *OrigDecl; 6920 bool isRecordType; 6921 bool isPODType; 6922 bool isReferenceType; 6923 6924 public: 6925 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6926 6927 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6928 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6929 isPODType = false; 6930 isRecordType = false; 6931 isReferenceType = false; 6932 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6933 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6934 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6935 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6936 } 6937 } 6938 6939 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6940 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6941 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6942 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6943 if (isReferenceType) 6944 return; 6945 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6946 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6947 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6948 return; 6949 } 6950 6951 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6952 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6953 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6954 return; 6955 } 6956 6957 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6958 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6959 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6960 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 6961 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6962 return; 6963 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6964 } 6965 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 6966 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6967 return; 6968 } 6969 } 6970 6971 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 6972 // bad, not just r-value uses. 6973 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 6974 if (isReferenceType) 6975 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 6976 } 6977 6978 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6979 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 6980 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6981 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6982 6983 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6984 } 6985 6986 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6987 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6988 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6989 6990 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 6991 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 6992 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 6993 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 6994 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6995 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6996 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6997 Warn = false; 6998 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6999 } 7000 7001 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7002 if (Warn) 7003 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7004 return; 7005 } 7006 7007 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7008 // Visit that expression. 7009 Visit(Base); 7010 } 7011 7012 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7013 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7014 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7015 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7016 if (!isPODType) 7017 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7018 return; 7019 } 7020 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7021 } 7022 7023 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7024 7025 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7026 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7027 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7028 unsigned diag; 7029 if (isReferenceType) { 7030 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7031 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7032 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7033 } else { 7034 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7035 } 7036 7037 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7038 S.PDiag(diag) 7039 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7040 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7041 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7042 } 7043 }; 7044 7045 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7046 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7047 bool DirectInit) { 7048 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7049 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7050 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7051 return; 7052 7053 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7054 7055 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7056 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7057 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7058 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7059 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7060 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7061 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7062 return; 7063 7064 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7065 } 7066} 7067 7068/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7069/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7070/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7071void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7072 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7073 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7074 // the initializer. 7075 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7076 return; 7077 7078 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7079 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7080 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7081 // Thus this grotesque test. 7082 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7083 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7084 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7085 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7086 else { 7087 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 7088 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 7089 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 7090 } 7091 return; 7092 } 7093 7094 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 7095 if (!VDecl) { 7096 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 7097 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 7098 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7099 return; 7100 } 7101 7102 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 7103 7104 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 7105 AutoType *Auto = 0; 7106 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 7107 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 7108 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 7109 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 7110 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 7111 // contains exactly one expression. 7112 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7113 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 7114 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 7115 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 7116 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 7117 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 7118 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7119 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7120 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7121 return; 7122 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 7123 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 7124 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 7125 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7126 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7127 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7128 return; 7129 } else { 7130 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 7131 } 7132 } 7133 7134 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7135 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 7136 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7137 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7138 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7139 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7140 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7141 return; 7142 } 7143 Init = Result.take(); 7144 DefaultedToAuto = true; 7145 } 7146 7147 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 7148 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 7149 DAR_Failed) 7150 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 7151 if (!DeducedType) { 7152 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7153 return; 7154 } 7155 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 7156 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 7157 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 7158 7159 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 7160 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 7161 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7162 7163 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 7164 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 7165 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 7166 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 7167 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 7168 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 7169 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 7171 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 7172 } 7173 7174 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 7175 // the previously declared type. 7176 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 7177 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 7178 } 7179 7180 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 7181 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 7182 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 7183 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7184 return; 7185 } 7186 7187 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 7188 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 7189 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7190 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7191 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7192 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7193 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7194 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7195 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7196 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7197 return; 7198 } 7199 7200 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7201 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7202 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7203 AbstractVariableType)) 7204 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7205 } 7206 7207 const VarDecl *Def; 7208 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7209 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7210 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7211 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7212 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7213 return; 7214 } 7215 7216 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7217 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7218 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7219 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7220 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7221 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7222 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7223 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7224 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7225 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7226 // 7227 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7228 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7229 // declaration with an initializer. 7230 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7231 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7232 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7233 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7234 return; 7235 } 7236 7237 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7238 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7239 7240 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7241 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7242 return; 7243 } 7244 } 7245 7246 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 7247 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 7248 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 7249 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 7250 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7251 return; 7252 } 7253 7254 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 7255 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 7256 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 7257 7258 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 7259 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 7260 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 7261 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7262 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7263 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7264 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7265 return; 7266 } 7267 Init = Result.take(); 7268 } 7269 7270 // Perform the initialization. 7271 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7272 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 7273 InitializationKind Kind 7274 = DirectInit ? 7275 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 7276 Init->getLocStart(), 7277 Init->getLocEnd()) 7278 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 7279 VDecl->getLocation()) 7280 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 7281 Init->getLocStart()); 7282 7283 Expr **Args = &Init; 7284 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 7285 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7286 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 7287 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 7288 } 7289 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 7290 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 7291 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 7292 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7293 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7294 return; 7295 } 7296 7297 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7298 } 7299 7300 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 7301 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 7302 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 7303 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 7304 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7305 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 7306 } 7307 7308 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 7309 // completed by the initializer. For example: 7310 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 7311 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 7312 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 7313 VDecl->setType(DclT); 7314 7315 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7316 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 7317 7318 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7319 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 7320 7321 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 7322 // Although this code can still have problems: 7323 // id x = self.weakProp; 7324 // id y = self.weakProp; 7325 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 7326 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 7327 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 7328 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 7329 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7330 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 7331 Init->getLocStart()); 7332 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7333 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 7334 } 7335 } 7336 7337 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 7338 // 7339 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 7340 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 7341 // full-expression. For instance, in: 7342 // 7343 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 7344 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 7345 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 7346 // 7347 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 7348 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 7349 false, 7350 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 7351 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7352 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7353 return; 7354 } 7355 Init = Result.take(); 7356 7357 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 7358 VDecl->setInit(Init); 7359 7360 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 7361 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 7362 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 7363 // C++ does not have this restriction. 7364 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 7365 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7366 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7367 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 7368 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 7369 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 7370 // 7371 // struct S { 7372 // static const int value = 17; 7373 // }; 7374 7375 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 7376 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 7377 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 7378 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 7379 // 7380 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 7381 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 7382 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7383 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 7384 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 7385 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 7386 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 7387 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 7388 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 7389 7390 // Do nothing on dependent types. 7391 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 7392 7393 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 7394 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 7395 // type. 7396 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 7397 7398 // Require constness. 7399 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 7400 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 7401 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7402 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7403 7404 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 7405 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7406 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 7407 SourceLocation Loc; 7408 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 7409 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 7410 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 7411 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 7412 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 7413 ; // Nothing to check. 7414 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 7415 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 7416 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7417 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 7418 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 7419 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7420 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7421 } else { 7422 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 7423 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 7424 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7425 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7426 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7427 } 7428 7429 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 7430 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 7431 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 7432 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 7433 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 7434 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 7435 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7436 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7437 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 7438 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7439 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7440 } else { 7441 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 7442 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7443 7444 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7445 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7446 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7447 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7448 } 7449 } 7450 7451 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 7452 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 7453 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 7454 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 7455 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7456 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 7457 7458 } else { 7459 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 7460 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7461 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7462 } 7463 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7464 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 7465 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7466 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 7467 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7468 7469 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7470 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7471 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7472 } 7473 7474 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7475 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7476 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7477 // 7478 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7479 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7480 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7481 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7482 // special case code. 7483 7484 // C++ 8.5p11: 7485 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7486 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7487 // class type. 7488 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7489 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7490 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7491 } else if (DirectInit) { 7492 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7493 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7494 } 7495 7496 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7497} 7498 7499/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7500/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7501/// of sanity. 7502void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7503 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7504 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7505 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7506 7507 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7508 if (!VD) return; 7509 7510 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7511 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7512 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7513 return; 7514 } 7515 7516 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7517 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7518 7519 // Require a complete type. 7520 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7521 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7522 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7523 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7524 return; 7525 } 7526 7527 // Require an abstract type. 7528 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7529 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7530 AbstractVariableType)) { 7531 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7532 return; 7533 } 7534 7535 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7536 // though. 7537} 7538 7539void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7540 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7541 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7542 if (RealDecl == 0) 7543 return; 7544 7545 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7546 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7547 7548 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7549 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7550 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7551 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7552 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7553 return; 7554 } 7555 7556 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7557 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7558 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7559 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7560 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7561 // member. 7562 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7563 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7564 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7565 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7566 << Var->getDeclName(); 7567 else 7568 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7569 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7570 return; 7571 } 7572 7573 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7574 case VarDecl::Definition: 7575 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7576 break; 7577 7578 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7579 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7580 // a declaration. 7581 // 7582 // Fall through 7583 7584 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7585 // It's only a declaration. 7586 7587 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7588 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7589 // object shall be complete. 7590 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7591 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7592 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7593 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7594 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7595 7596 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7597 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7598 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7599 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7600 AbstractVariableType)) 7601 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7602 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7603 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7604 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7605 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7606 } 7607 7608 return; 7609 7610 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7611 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7612 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7613 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7614 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7615 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7616 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7617 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7618 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7619 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7620 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7621 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7622 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7623 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7624 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7625 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7626 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7627 // NOTE: code such as the following 7628 // static struct s; 7629 // struct s { int a; }; 7630 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7631 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7632 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7633 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7634 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7635 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7636 } 7637 } 7638 7639 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7640 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7641 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7642 return; 7643 } 7644 7645 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7646 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7647 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7648 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7649 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7650 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7651 return; 7652 } 7653 7654 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7655 // definitions with reference type. 7656 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7657 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7658 << Var->getDeclName() 7659 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7660 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7661 return; 7662 } 7663 7664 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7665 // variable with dependent type. 7666 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7667 return; 7668 7669 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7670 return; 7671 7672 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7673 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7674 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7675 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7676 return; 7677 } 7678 7679 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7680 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7681 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7682 AbstractVariableType)) { 7683 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7684 return; 7685 } 7686 7687 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7688 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7689 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7690 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7691 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7692 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7693 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7694 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7695 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7696 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7697 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7698 if (const RecordType *Record 7699 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7700 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7701 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7702 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7703 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7704 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7705 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7706 } 7707 } 7708 7709 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7710 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7711 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7712 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7713 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7714 // type shall have a user-declared default 7715 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7716 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7717 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7718 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7719 // program is ill-formed. 7720 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7721 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7722 // default-initialized; [...]. 7723 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7724 InitializationKind Kind 7725 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7726 7727 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7728 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7729 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7730 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7731 else if (Init.get()) { 7732 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7733 // This is important for template substitution. 7734 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7735 } 7736 7737 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7738 } 7739} 7740 7741void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7742 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7743 if (!VD) { 7744 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7745 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7746 return; 7747 } 7748 7749 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7750 7751 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7752 int Error = -1; 7753 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 7754 case SC_None: 7755 break; 7756 case SC_Extern: 7757 Error = 0; 7758 break; 7759 case SC_Static: 7760 Error = 1; 7761 break; 7762 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7763 Error = 2; 7764 break; 7765 case SC_Auto: 7766 Error = 3; 7767 break; 7768 case SC_Register: 7769 Error = 4; 7770 break; 7771 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7772 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7773 } 7774 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7775 Error = 5; 7776 if (Error != -1) { 7777 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7778 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7779 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7780 } 7781} 7782 7783void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7784 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7785 7786 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7787 // local retaining variable. 7788 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7789 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7790 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7791 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7792 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7793 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7794 break; 7795 7796 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7797 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7798 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7799 break; 7800 } 7801 } 7802 7803 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7804 var->hasExternalLinkage() && 7805 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 7806 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 7807 var->getLocation())) { 7808 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7809 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7810 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7811 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7812 7813 if (!prev) 7814 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7815 } 7816 7817 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7818 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7819 7820 QualType type = var->getType(); 7821 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7822 7823 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7824 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7825 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7826 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7827 7828 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7829 // constructing this copy. 7830 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7831 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7832 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7833 ExprResult result 7834 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 7835 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7836 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 7837 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7838 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7839 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7840 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7841 } 7842 } 7843 } 7844 7845 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7846 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7847 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7848 7849 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7850 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7851 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7852 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7853 var->getLocation()) 7854 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7855 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7856 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7857 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7858 7859 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7860 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7861 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7862 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7863 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7864 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7865 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7866 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7867 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7868 Notes.clear(); 7869 } 7870 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7871 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7872 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7873 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7874 } 7875 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7876 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7877 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7878 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7879 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7880 } 7881 } 7882 7883 // Require the destructor. 7884 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7885 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7886} 7887 7888/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7889/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7890void 7891Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7892 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7893 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7894 7895 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7896 if (!VD) 7897 return; 7898 7899 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 7900 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7901 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 7902 if (VD->hasExternalLinkage() && !DC->isRecord()) 7903 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 7904 7905 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7906 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 7907 7908 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7909 // tag values. 7910 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 7911 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 7912 return; 7913 7914 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7915 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7916 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7917 I != E; ++I) { 7918 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7919 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7920 continue; 7921 } 7922 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7923 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7924 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7925 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7926 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7927 continue; 7928 } 7929 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7930 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7931 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7932 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7933 continue; 7934 } 7935 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7936 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7937 MagicValue, 7938 I->getMatchingCType(), 7939 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7940 I->getMustBeNull()); 7941 } 7942} 7943 7944Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7945Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7946 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7947 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7948 7949 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7950 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7951 7952 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7953 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7954 Decls.push_back(D); 7955 7956 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 7957 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 7958 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 7959 7960 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7961 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7962} 7963 7964/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7965/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7966Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7967Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7968 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7969 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7970 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7971 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7972 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7973 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7974 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7975 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7976 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7977 QualType Deduced; 7978 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7979 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7980 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7981 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7982 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7983 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7984 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7985 break; 7986 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7987 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7988 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7989 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7990 Deduced = U; 7991 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7992 DeducedDecl = D; 7993 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7994 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7995 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7996 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7997 << U << D->getDeclName() 7998 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7999 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8000 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8001 break; 8002 } 8003 } 8004 } 8005 } 8006 } 8007 8008 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 8009 8010 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 8011} 8012 8013void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 8014 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 8015} 8016 8017void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8018 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 8019 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 8020 return; 8021 8022 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 8023 Group[0]->getLocation()) 8024 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8025 return; 8026 8027 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 8028 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 8029 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 8030 // additional declaration references: 8031 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 8032 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 8033 // 'struct S *pS;' 8034 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 8035 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 8036 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 8037 Group++; 8038 NumDecls--; 8039 } 8040 } 8041 8042 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 8043 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 8044 if (!Comments.empty() && 8045 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 8046 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 8047 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 8048 // 8049 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 8050 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 8051 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 8052 // ahead through comments. 8053 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8054 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 8055 } 8056} 8057 8058/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 8059/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 8060Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 8061 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 8062 8063 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 8064 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 8065 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 8066 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 8067 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 8068 StorageClass = SC_Register; 8069 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 8070 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8071 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 8072 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 8073 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 8074 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 8075 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8076 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 8077 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8078 } 8079 8080 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 8081 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 8082 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 8083 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8084 << 0; 8085 8086 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 8087 8088 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8089 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 8090 8091 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8092 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 8093 // parameter. 8094 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8095 8096 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 8097 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8098 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 8099 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8100 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 8101 } 8102 } 8103 8104 // Ensure we have a valid name 8105 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 8106 if (D.hasName()) { 8107 II = D.getIdentifier(); 8108 if (!II) { 8109 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 8110 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 8111 D.setInvalidType(true); 8112 } 8113 } 8114 8115 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 8116 if (II) { 8117 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 8118 ForRedeclaration); 8119 LookupName(R, S); 8120 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 8121 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 8122 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8123 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8124 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8125 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8126 PrevDecl = 0; 8127 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 8128 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 8129 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8130 8131 // Recover by removing the name 8132 II = 0; 8133 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8134 D.setInvalidType(true); 8135 } 8136 } 8137 } 8138 8139 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 8140 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 8141 // looking like class members in C++. 8142 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 8143 D.getLocStart(), 8144 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 8145 parmDeclType, TInfo, 8146 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 8147 8148 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8149 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8150 8151 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 8152 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 8153 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 8154 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 8155 8156 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 8157 S->AddDecl(New); 8158 if (II) 8159 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 8160 8161 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 8162 8163 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8164 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8165 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 8166 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8167 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8168 8169 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8170 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8171 } 8172 return New; 8173} 8174 8175/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 8176/// typedef. 8177ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 8178 SourceLocation Loc, 8179 QualType T) { 8180 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 8181 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 8182 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 8183 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 8184 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 8185 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 8186 Param->setImplicit(); 8187 return Param; 8188} 8189 8190void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8191 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 8192 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 8193 // will already have done so in the template itself. 8194 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 8195 return; 8196 8197 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8198 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 8199 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 8200 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 8201 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 8202 } 8203 } 8204} 8205 8206void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8207 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 8208 QualType ReturnTy, 8209 NamedDecl *D) { 8210 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 8211 return; 8212 8213 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8214 // threshold. 8215 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 8216 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 8217 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8218 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 8219 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 8220 } 8221 8222 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8223 // threshold. 8224 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8225 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 8226 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 8227 continue; 8228 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 8229 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8230 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 8231 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 8232 } 8233} 8234 8235ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8236 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 8237 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 8238 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 8239 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 8240 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 8241 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8242 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 8243 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8244 8245 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 8246 8247 // Special cases for arrays: 8248 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 8249 // - otherwise, it's an error 8250 if (T->isArrayType()) { 8251 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8252 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 8253 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 8254 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 8255 } 8256 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 8257 } else { 8258 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 8259 } 8260 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 8261 } 8262 8263 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 8264 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 8265 TSInfo, 8266 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 8267 0); 8268 8269 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 8270 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8271 // the class has been completely parsed. 8272 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 8273 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8274 AbstractParamType)) 8275 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8276 8277 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 8278 // passed by reference. 8279 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8280 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 8281 Diag(NameLoc, 8282 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 8283 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 8284 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8285 New->setType(T); 8286 } 8287 8288 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 8289 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 8290 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 8291 // an address space. 8292 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 8293 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 8294 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8295 } 8296 8297 return New; 8298} 8299 8300void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 8301 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 8302 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8303 8304 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 8305 // for a K&R function. 8306 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 8307 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 8308 --i; 8309 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 8310 SmallString<256> Code; 8311 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 8312 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 8313 << ";\n"; 8314 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 8315 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 8316 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 8317 8318 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 8319 // type. 8320 AttributeFactory attrs; 8321 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 8322 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 8323 unsigned DiagID; // unused 8324 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 8325 PrevSpec, DiagID); 8326 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 8327 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8328 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8329 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 8330 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8331 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 8332 } 8333 } 8334 } 8335} 8336 8337Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 8338 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 8339 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 8340 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 8341 8342 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 8343 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 8344 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 8345} 8346 8347static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 8348 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8349 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 8350 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8351 return false; 8352 8353 // Or declarations that aren't global. 8354 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 8355 return false; 8356 8357 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 8358 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 8359 return false; 8360 8361 // Don't warn about 'main'. 8362 if (FD->isMain()) 8363 return false; 8364 8365 // Don't warn about inline functions. 8366 if (FD->isInlined()) 8367 return false; 8368 8369 // Don't warn about function templates. 8370 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8371 return false; 8372 8373 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 8374 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 8375 return false; 8376 8377 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 8378 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 8379 return false; 8380 8381 bool MissingPrototype = true; 8382 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 8383 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 8384 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 8385 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 8386 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8387 continue; 8388 8389 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 8390 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 8391 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 8392 break; 8393 } 8394 8395 return MissingPrototype; 8396} 8397 8398void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8399 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 8400 // was an extern inline function. 8401 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 8402 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 8403 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 8404 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 8405 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 8406 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 8407 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 8408 else 8409 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 8410 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8411 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8412 } 8413} 8414 8415Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 8416 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 8417 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 8418 8419 if (!D) 8420 return D; 8421 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8422 8423 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8424 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8425 else 8426 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8427 8428 // Enter a new function scope 8429 PushFunctionScope(); 8430 8431 // See if this is a redefinition. 8432 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 8433 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 8434 8435 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 8436 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8437 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 8438 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 8439 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8440 } 8441 } 8442 8443 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 8444 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 8445 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 8446 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 8447 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8448 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 8449 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 8450 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8451 8452 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 8453 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 8454 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 8455 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 8456 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 8457 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 8458 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 8459 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 8460 8461 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8462 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 8463 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 8464 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 8465 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 8466 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 8467 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8468 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8469 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8470 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8471 } 8472 } 8473 8474 if (FnBodyScope) 8475 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8476 8477 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8478 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8479 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8480 8481 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8482 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8483 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8484 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8485 8486 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8487 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8488 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8489 8490 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8491 } 8492 } 8493 8494 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8495 // introduce them into the function scope. 8496 if (FnBodyScope) { 8497 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8498 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8499 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8500 8501 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8502 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8503 // and reattach to the current context. 8504 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8505 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8506 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8507 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8508 if (*DI == D) { 8509 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8510 break; 8511 } 8512 } 8513 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8514 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8515 } 8516 8517 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8518 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8519 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8520 8521 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8522 // accessible in this scope. 8523 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8524 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8525 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8526 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8527 } 8528 } 8529 } 8530 8531 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8532 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8533 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8534 8535 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8536 // dllimport attribute. 8537 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8538 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8539 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8540 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8541 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8542 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8543 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8544 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8545 << "dllimport"; 8546 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8547 return D; 8548 } 8549 8550 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8551 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8552 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8553 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8554 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8555 // emitted. 8556 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8557 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8558 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8559 } 8560 } 8561 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8562 // a function template). 8563 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8564 return D; 8565} 8566 8567/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8568/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8569/// optimization. 8570/// 8571/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8572/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8573/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8574/// use the named return value optimization. 8575/// 8576/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8577/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8578/// the NRVO variable. 8579/// 8580/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8581/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8582/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8583void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8584 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8585 8586 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8587 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8588 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8589 return; 8590 8591 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8592 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8593 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8594 return; 8595 } 8596 8597 if (NRVOCandidate) 8598 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8599} 8600 8601bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8602 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8603 return false; 8604 8605 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8606 return true; 8607 8608 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8609 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8610 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8611 else 8612 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8613 8614 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8615 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8616 // rest of the file. 8617 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8618} 8619 8620Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8621 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8622 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8623 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8624 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8625 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8626} 8627 8628Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8629 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8630} 8631 8632Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8633 bool IsInstantiation) { 8634 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8635 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8636 if (FunTmpl) 8637 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8638 else 8639 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8640 8641 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8642 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8643 8644 if (FD) { 8645 FD->setBody(Body); 8646 8647 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 8648 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 8649 // is the first declaration. 8650 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 8651 if (FD->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 8652 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8653 else if (FD->isInlined() && 8654 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 8655 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 8656 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8657 } 8658 8659 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8660 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8661 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8662 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8663 8664 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8665 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8666 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8667 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8668 8669 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8670 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8671 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8672 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8673 8674 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8675 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8676 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8677 8678 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8679 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8680 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8681 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8682 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8683 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8684 } 8685 8686 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8687 "Function parsing confused"); 8688 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8689 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8690 MD->setBody(Body); 8691 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8692 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8693 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8694 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8695 8696 if (Body) 8697 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8698 } 8699 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8700 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8701 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8702 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8703 } 8704 } else { 8705 return 0; 8706 } 8707 8708 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8709 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8710 "handled in the block above."); 8711 8712 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8713 if (Body) { 8714 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8715 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8716 // Verify this. 8717 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8718 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8719 8720 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8721 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8722 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8723 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8724 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8725 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8726 8727 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8728 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8729 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8730 8731 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8732 Destructor->getParent()); 8733 } 8734 8735 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8736 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8737 // deletion in some later function. 8738 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8739 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8740 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8741 } 8742 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8743 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8744 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8745 // enabled. 8746 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8747 } 8748 8749 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8750 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8751 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8752 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8753 8754 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8755 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8756 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8757 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8758 } 8759 8760 if (!IsInstantiation) 8761 PopDeclContext(); 8762 8763 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8764 8765 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8766 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8767 // deletion in some later function. 8768 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8769 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8770 } 8771 8772 return dcl; 8773} 8774 8775 8776/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8777/// relevant Decl. 8778void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8779 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8780 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8781 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8782 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8783 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8784 8785 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8786 if (Method->isStatic()) 8787 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8788} 8789 8790 8791/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8792/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8793NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8794 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8795 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8796 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8797 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8798 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8799 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8800 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 8801 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 8802 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8803 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8804 return Pos->second; 8805 } 8806 8807 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8808 unsigned diag_id; 8809 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8810 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8811 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8812 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8813 else 8814 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8815 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8816 8817 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8818 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8819 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8820 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8821 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8822 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8823 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8824 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8825 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8826 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8827 8828 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8829 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8830 8831 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8832 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8833 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8834 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8835 } 8836 } 8837 8838 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8839 const char *Dummy; 8840 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8841 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8842 unsigned DiagID; 8843 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8844 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8845 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8846 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8847 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8848 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8849 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8850 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8851 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8852 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8853 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8854 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8855 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8856 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 8857 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8858 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8859 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8860 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 8861 EST_None, 8862 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 8863 /*Exceptions=*/0, 8864 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 8865 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 8866 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 8867 Loc, Loc, D), 8868 DS.getAttributes(), 8869 SourceLocation()); 8870 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 8871 8872 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 8873 8874 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8875 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8876 8877 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8878 FD->setImplicit(); 8879 8880 CurContext = PrevDC; 8881 8882 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8883 8884 return FD; 8885} 8886 8887/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8888/// the declaration of this function. 8889/// 8890/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8891/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8892/// like NSLog or printf. 8893/// 8894/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8895/// attributes are applied to declarations. 8896void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8897 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8898 return; 8899 8900 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8901 // actual attributes. 8902 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8903 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8904 unsigned FormatIdx; 8905 bool HasVAListArg; 8906 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8907 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8908 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8909 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8910 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8911 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8912 fmt = "NSString"; 8913 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8914 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8915 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8916 } 8917 } 8918 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8919 HasVAListArg)) { 8920 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8921 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8922 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8923 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8924 } 8925 8926 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8927 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8928 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8929 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8930 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8931 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8932 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8933 } 8934 8935 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8936 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8937 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8938 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8939 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8940 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8941 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8942 } 8943 8944 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8945 if (!Name) 8946 return; 8947 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8948 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8949 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8950 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8951 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8952 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8953 // about. 8954 } else 8955 return; 8956 8957 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8958 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8959 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8960 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8961 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8962 "printf", 2, 8963 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8964 } 8965 8966 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8967 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8968 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8969 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8970 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8971 } 8972} 8973 8974TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8975 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8976 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8977 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8978 8979 if (!TInfo) { 8980 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8981 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8982 } 8983 8984 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8985 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8986 D.getLocStart(), 8987 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8988 D.getIdentifier(), 8989 TInfo); 8990 8991 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8992 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8993 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8994 return NewTD; 8995 } 8996 8997 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8998 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8999 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9000 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 9001 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9002 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9003 else 9004 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 9005 } 9006 9007 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 9008 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 9009 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 9010 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 9011 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 9012 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 9013 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 9014 case TST_enum: 9015 case TST_struct: 9016 case TST_interface: 9017 case TST_union: 9018 case TST_class: { 9019 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 9020 9021 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 9022 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 9023 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 9024 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 9025 9026 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 9027 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 9028 9029 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 9030 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 9031 break; 9032 9033 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 9034 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 9035 break; 9036 } 9037 9038 default: 9039 break; 9040 } 9041 9042 return NewTD; 9043} 9044 9045 9046/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 9047bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 9048 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9049 QualType T = TI->getType(); 9050 9051 if (T->isDependentType()) 9052 return false; 9053 9054 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 9055 if (BT->isInteger()) 9056 return false; 9057 9058 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 9059 return true; 9060} 9061 9062/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 9063/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 9064bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 9065 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 9066 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 9067 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 9068 9069 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 9070 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 9071 << Prev->isScoped(); 9072 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9073 return true; 9074 } 9075 9076 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 9077 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 9078 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 9079 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 9080 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 9081 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 9082 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 9083 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9084 return true; 9085 } 9086 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 9087 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 9088 << Prev->isFixed(); 9089 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9090 return true; 9091 } 9092 9093 return false; 9094} 9095 9096/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 9097/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 9098/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 9099/// 9100/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 9101static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 9102 switch (Tag) { 9103 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 9104 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 9105 case TTK_Class: return 2; 9106 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 9107 } 9108} 9109 9110/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 9111/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 9112/// 9113/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 9114static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 9115{ 9116 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 9117} 9118 9119/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 9120/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 9121/// 9122/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 9123bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 9124 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 9125 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 9126 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 9127 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 9128 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 9129 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 9130 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 9131 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 9132 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 9133 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 9134 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 9135 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 9136 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 9137 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 9138 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 9139 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 9140 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 9141 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 9142 if (OldTag == NewTag) 9143 return true; 9144 9145 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 9146 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 9147 bool isTemplate = false; 9148 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 9149 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9150 9151 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9152 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 9153 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 9154 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9155 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9156 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9157 return true; 9158 } 9159 9160 if (isDefinition) { 9161 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 9162 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 9163 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9164 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 9165 return true; 9166 } 9167 9168 bool previousMismatch = false; 9169 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 9170 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 9171 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 9172 if (!previousMismatch) { 9173 previousMismatch = true; 9174 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 9175 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9176 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 9177 } 9178 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9179 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 9180 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 9181 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 9182 } 9183 } 9184 return true; 9185 } 9186 9187 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 9188 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 9189 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 9190 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 9191 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 9192 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 9193 return true; 9194 } 9195 9196 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9197 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9198 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9199 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9200 9201 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 9202 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9203 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9204 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 9205 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 9206 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 9207 } 9208 9209 return true; 9210 } 9211 return false; 9212} 9213 9214/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 9215/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 9216/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 9217/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 9218Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 9219 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 9220 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 9221 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 9222 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 9223 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 9224 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 9225 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 9226 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 9227 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 9228 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 9229 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 9230 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 9231 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 9232 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 9233 9234 OwnedDecl = false; 9235 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 9236 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 9237 9238 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 9239 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 9240 bool Invalid = false; 9241 9242 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 9243 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 9244 // for non-C++ cases. 9245 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 9246 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 9247 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 9248 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 9249 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 9250 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9251 TUK == TUK_Friend, 9252 isExplicitSpecialization, 9253 Invalid)) { 9254 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9255 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 9256 // be a member of another template). 9257 9258 if (Invalid) 9259 return 0; 9260 9261 OwnedDecl = false; 9262 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 9263 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 9264 TemplateParams, AS, 9265 ModulePrivateLoc, 9266 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 9267 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9268 return Result.get(); 9269 } else { 9270 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 9271 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 9272 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 9273 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 9274 } 9275 } 9276 } 9277 9278 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 9279 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 9280 // redeclaration. 9281 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 9282 9283 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9284 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 9285 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 9286 // type, default to int. 9287 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9288 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 9289 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 9290 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 9291 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 9292 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 9293 EnumUnderlying = TI; 9294 9295 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 9296 // Recover by falling back to int. 9297 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9298 9299 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 9300 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 9301 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9302 9303 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9304 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 9305 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9306 } 9307 9308 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 9309 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9310 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 9311 9312 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 9313 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 9314 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 9315 9316 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 9317 9318 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9319 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 9320 9321 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 9322 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 9323 Name = 0; 9324 goto CreateNewDecl; 9325 } 9326 9327 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 9328 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 9329 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9330 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 9331 if (!DC) { 9332 IsDependent = true; 9333 return 0; 9334 } 9335 } else { 9336 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 9337 if (!DC) { 9338 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 9339 << SS.getRange(); 9340 return 0; 9341 } 9342 } 9343 9344 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 9345 return 0; 9346 9347 SearchDC = DC; 9348 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 9349 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 9350 9351 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9352 return 0; 9353 9354 if (Previous.empty()) { 9355 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 9356 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 9357 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 9358 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 9359 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 9360 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 9361 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 9362 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9363 IsDependent = true; 9364 return 0; 9365 } 9366 9367 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 9368 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 9369 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 9370 Name = 0; 9371 Invalid = true; 9372 goto CreateNewDecl; 9373 } 9374 } else if (Name) { 9375 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 9376 // declaration or definition. 9377 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 9378 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 9379 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 9380 LookupName(Previous, S); 9381 9382 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 9383 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 9384 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9385 while (F.hasNext()) { 9386 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9387 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 9388 F.erase(); 9389 } 9390 F.done(); 9391 } 9392 9393 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 9394 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9395 return 0; 9396 9397 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 9398 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 9399 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 9400 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 9401 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 9402 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 9403 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9404 } 9405 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 9406 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 9407 // initial context to the translation unit. 9408 // FIXME: [citation needed] 9409 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9410 } 9411 9412 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 9413 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 9414 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9415 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9416 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9417 Previous.clear(); 9418 } 9419 9420 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 9421 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 9422 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 9423 isStdBadAlloc = true; 9424 9425 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 9426 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 9427 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 9428 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 9429 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 9430 } 9431 } 9432 9433 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 9434 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 9435 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 9436 // there's a shadow friend decl. 9437 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 9438 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9439 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 9440 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 9441 9442 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9443 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 9444 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 9445 // 9446 // class-key identifier 9447 // 9448 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 9449 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 9450 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 9451 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 9452 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 9453 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 9454 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 9455 // declaration. 9456 // 9457 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 9458 // C structs and unions. 9459 // 9460 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 9461 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 9462 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 9463 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 9464 // 9465 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 9466 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 9467 // 9468 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 9469 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 9470 // lexical context, 9471 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9472 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9473 9474 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 9475 while (S->isClassScope() || 9476 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9477 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9478 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9479 (S->getEntity() && 9480 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9481 S = S->getParent(); 9482 } else { 9483 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9484 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9485 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9486 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9487 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9488 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9489 } 9490 9491 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9492 // diagnose some problems. 9493 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9494 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9495 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9496 } 9497 } 9498 9499 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9500 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9501 9502 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9503 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9504 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9505 // in C++. 9506 // 9507 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9508 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9509 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9510 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9511 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9512 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9513 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9514 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9515 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9516 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9517 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9518 PrevDecl = Tag; 9519 Previous.clear(); 9520 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9521 Previous.resolveKind(); 9522 } 9523 } 9524 } 9525 } 9526 9527 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9528 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9529 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9530 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9531 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9532 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9533 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9534 // struct or something similar. 9535 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9536 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9537 *Name)) { 9538 bool SafeToContinue 9539 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9540 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9541 if (SafeToContinue) 9542 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9543 << Name 9544 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9545 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9546 else 9547 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9548 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9549 9550 if (SafeToContinue) 9551 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9552 else { 9553 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9554 Name = 0; 9555 Previous.clear(); 9556 Invalid = true; 9557 } 9558 } 9559 9560 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9561 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9562 9563 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9564 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9565 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9566 if (ScopedEnum) 9567 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9568 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9569 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9570 return PrevTagDecl; 9571 } 9572 9573 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9574 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9575 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9576 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9577 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9578 9579 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9580 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9581 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9582 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9583 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9584 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9585 } 9586 9587 if (!Invalid) { 9588 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9589 9590 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9591 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9592 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9593 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9594 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9595 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9596 return PrevTagDecl; 9597 9598 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9599 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9600 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9601 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9602 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9603 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9604 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9605 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9606 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9607 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9608 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9609 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9610 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9611 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9612 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9613 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9614 } 9615 9616 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9617 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9618 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9619 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9620 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9621 else 9622 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9623 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9624 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9625 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9626 // references get the previous definition. 9627 Name = 0; 9628 Previous.clear(); 9629 Invalid = true; 9630 } 9631 } else { 9632 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9633 // about a nested redefinition. 9634 const TagType *Tag 9635 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9636 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9637 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9638 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9639 diag::note_previous_definition); 9640 Name = 0; 9641 Previous.clear(); 9642 Invalid = true; 9643 } 9644 } 9645 9646 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9647 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9648 } 9649 } 9650 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9651 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9652 9653 } else { 9654 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9655 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9656 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9657 // have distinct types. 9658 Previous.clear(); 9659 } 9660 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9661 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9662 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9663 9664 9665 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9666 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9667 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9668 } else { 9669 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9670 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9671 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9672 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9673 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9674 unsigned Kind = 0; 9675 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9676 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9677 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9678 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9679 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9680 Invalid = true; 9681 9682 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9683 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9684 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9685 // do nothing 9686 9687 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9688 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9689 unsigned Kind = 0; 9690 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9691 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9692 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9693 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9694 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9695 Invalid = true; 9696 9697 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9698 // case here. 9699 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9700 unsigned Kind = 0; 9701 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9702 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9703 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9704 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9705 Invalid = true; 9706 9707 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9708 } else { 9709 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9710 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9711 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9712 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9713 Name = 0; 9714 Invalid = true; 9715 } 9716 9717 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9718 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9719 Previous.clear(); 9720 } 9721 } 9722 9723CreateNewDecl: 9724 9725 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9726 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9727 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9728 9729 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9730 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9731 // keyword. 9732 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9733 9734 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9735 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9736 // PrevDecl. 9737 TagDecl *New; 9738 9739 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9740 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9741 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9742 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9743 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9744 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9745 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9746 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9747 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9748 TagDecl *Def; 9749 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9750 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9751 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9752 } 9753 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9754 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9755 << New; 9756 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9757 } else { 9758 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9759 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9760 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9761 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9762 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9763 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9764 9765 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9766 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9767 // the declaration context. 9768 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9769 IsForwardReference = true; 9770 } 9771 } 9772 9773 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9774 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9775 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9776 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9777 else 9778 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9779 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9780 } 9781 9782 } else { 9783 // struct/union/class 9784 9785 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9786 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9787 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9788 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9789 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9790 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9791 9792 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9793 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9794 } else 9795 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9796 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9797 } 9798 9799 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9800 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9801 if (SS.isSet()) { 9802 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9803 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9804 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9805 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9806 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9807 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9808 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9809 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9810 Invalid = true; 9811 9812 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9813 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9814 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9815 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9816 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9817 } 9818 } 9819 else 9820 Invalid = true; 9821 } 9822 9823 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9824 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9825 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9826 // 9827 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 9828 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 9829 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 9830 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 9831 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 9832 // parsing of the struct). 9833 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9834 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 9835 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 9836 } 9837 } 9838 9839 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 9840 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 9841 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9842 << 2 9843 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9844 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 9845 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 9846 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 9847 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9848 New->setModulePrivate(); 9849 } 9850 9851 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 9852 // check the specialization. 9853 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 9854 Invalid = true; 9855 9856 if (Invalid) 9857 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9858 9859 if (Attr) 9860 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9861 9862 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 9863 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 9864 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9865 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 9866 9867 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 9868 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 9869 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9870 9871 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 9872 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 9873 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 9874 // the tag name visible. 9875 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 9876 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 9877 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 9878 9879 // Set the access specifier. 9880 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9881 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9882 9883 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9884 New->startDefinition(); 9885 9886 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9887 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9888 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9889 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9890 if (PrevDecl) 9891 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9892 9893 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9894 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9895 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9896 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9897 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9898 } else if (Name) { 9899 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9900 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9901 if (IsForwardReference) 9902 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9903 9904 } else { 9905 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9906 } 9907 9908 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9909 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9910 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9911 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9912 II->isStr("FILE")) 9913 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9914 9915 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9916 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9917 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9918 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9919 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9920 9921 if (PrevDecl) 9922 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9923 9924 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9925 // record. 9926 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9927 9928 OwnedDecl = true; 9929 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 9930 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 9931 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 9932} 9933 9934void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9935 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9936 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9937 9938 // Enter the tag context. 9939 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9940 9941 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9942 9943 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9944 // record. 9945 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9946} 9947 9948Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9949 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9950 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9951 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9952 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9953 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9954 CurContext = OCD; 9955 return IDecl; 9956} 9957 9958void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9959 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9960 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9961 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9962 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9963 9964 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9965 9966 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9967 return; 9968 9969 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9970 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9971 9972 // C++ [class]p2: 9973 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9974 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9975 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9976 // as if it were a public member name. 9977 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9978 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9979 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9980 Record->getIdentifier(), 9981 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9982 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9983 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9984 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9985 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9986 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9987 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9988 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9989 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9990 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9991} 9992 9993void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9994 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9995 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9996 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9997 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9998 9999 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10000 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10001 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 10002 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10003 RD->completeDefinition(); 10004 } 10005 10006 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 10007 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 10008 10009 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 10010 PopDeclContext(); 10011 10012 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10013 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10014 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 10015 10016 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 10017 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 10018} 10019 10020void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 10021 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 10022 PopDeclContext(); 10023} 10024 10025void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10026 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 10027 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 10028 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 10029} 10030 10031void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10032 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 10033 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 10034} 10035 10036void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10037 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10038 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10039 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 10040 10041 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10042 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10043 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10044 RD->completeDefinition(); 10045 } 10046 10047 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 10048 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 10049 // the FieldCollector. 10050 10051 PopDeclContext(); 10052} 10053 10054// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 10055ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 10056 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 10057 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 10058 bool *ZeroWidth) { 10059 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 10060 if (ZeroWidth) 10061 *ZeroWidth = true; 10062 10063 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 10064 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 10065 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10066 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 10067 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 10068 return ExprError(); 10069 if (FieldName) 10070 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 10071 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10072 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 10073 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10074 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 10075 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 10076 return ExprError(); 10077 10078 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 10079 // it now. 10080 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 10081 return Owned(BitWidth); 10082 10083 llvm::APSInt Value; 10084 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 10085 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 10086 return ICE; 10087 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 10088 10089 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 10090 *ZeroWidth = false; 10091 10092 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 10093 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 10094 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 10095 10096 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 10097 if (FieldName) 10098 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10099 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 10100 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10101 << Value.toString(10); 10102 } 10103 10104 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 10105 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 10106 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 10107 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10108 if (FieldName) 10109 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10110 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10111 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10112 10113 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10114 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10115 } 10116 10117 if (FieldName) 10118 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10119 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10120 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10121 else 10122 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10123 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10124 } 10125 } 10126 10127 return Owned(BitWidth); 10128} 10129 10130/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 10131/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 10132Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 10133 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 10134 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 10135 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 10136 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 10137 return Res; 10138} 10139 10140/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 10141/// 10142FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 10143 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10144 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 10145 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10146 AccessSpecifier AS) { 10147 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10148 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10149 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10150 10151 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10152 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10153 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10154 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10155 10156 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 10157 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 10158 D.setInvalidType(); 10159 T = Context.IntTy; 10160 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 10161 } 10162 } 10163 10164 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 10165 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 10166 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 10167 D.setInvalidType(); 10168 } 10169 10170 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 10171 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 10172 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 10173 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 10174 D.setInvalidType(); 10175 } 10176 10177 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 10178 10179 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 10180 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 10181 10182 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 10183 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10184 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 10185 LookupName(Previous, S); 10186 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 10187 case LookupResult::Found: 10188 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 10189 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 10190 break; 10191 10192 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 10193 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10194 break; 10195 10196 case LookupResult::NotFound: 10197 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 10198 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 10199 break; 10200 } 10201 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 10202 10203 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10204 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10205 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10206 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10207 PrevDecl = 0; 10208 } 10209 10210 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 10211 PrevDecl = 0; 10212 10213 bool Mutable 10214 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 10215 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 10216 FieldDecl *NewFD 10217 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 10218 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 10219 10220 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10221 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10222 10223 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10224 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 10225 10226 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 10227 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 10228 // with the same name in the same scope. 10229 } else if (II) { 10230 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 10231 } else 10232 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 10233 10234 return NewFD; 10235} 10236 10237/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 10238/// 10239/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 10240/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 10241/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 10242/// created. 10243/// 10244/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 10245/// 10246/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 10247FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 10248 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 10249 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 10250 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 10251 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10252 SourceLocation TSSL, 10253 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 10254 Declarator *D) { 10255 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 10256 bool InvalidDecl = false; 10257 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 10258 10259 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 10260 // marking this declaration as invalid. 10261 if (T.isNull()) { 10262 InvalidDecl = true; 10263 T = Context.IntTy; 10264 } 10265 10266 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 10267 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10268 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10269 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 10270 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10271 InvalidDecl = true; 10272 } else { 10273 NamedDecl *Def; 10274 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 10275 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 10276 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10277 InvalidDecl = true; 10278 } 10279 } 10280 } 10281 10282 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 10283 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10284 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 10285 InvalidDecl = true; 10286 } 10287 10288 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10289 // than a variably modified type. 10290 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10291 bool SizeIsNegative; 10292 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 10293 10294 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 10295 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 10296 SizeIsNegative, 10297 Oversized); 10298 if (FixedTInfo) { 10299 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 10300 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 10301 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 10302 } else { 10303 if (SizeIsNegative) 10304 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 10305 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 10306 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 10307 << Oversized.toString(10); 10308 else 10309 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 10310 InvalidDecl = true; 10311 } 10312 } 10313 10314 // Fields can not have abstract class types 10315 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 10316 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10317 AbstractFieldType)) 10318 InvalidDecl = true; 10319 10320 bool ZeroWidth = false; 10321 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 10322 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 10323 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 10324 if (!BitWidth) { 10325 InvalidDecl = true; 10326 BitWidth = 0; 10327 ZeroWidth = false; 10328 } 10329 } 10330 10331 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 10332 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 10333 unsigned DiagID = 0; 10334 if (T->isReferenceType()) 10335 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 10336 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 10337 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 10338 10339 if (DiagID) { 10340 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 10341 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 10342 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 10343 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 10344 Mutable = false; 10345 InvalidDecl = true; 10346 } 10347 } 10348 10349 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 10350 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 10351 if (InvalidDecl) 10352 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10353 10354 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10355 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10356 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10357 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10358 } 10359 10360 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10361 if (Record->isUnion()) { 10362 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10363 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10364 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10365 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 10366 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 10367 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 10368 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 10369 // objects. 10370 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 10371 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10372 } 10373 } 10374 10375 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 10376 // the program is ill-formed. 10377 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 10378 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 10379 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 10380 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10381 } 10382 } 10383 } 10384 10385 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 10386 // representation, not a parser representation. 10387 if (D) { 10388 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 10389 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 10390 10391 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 10392 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 10393 } 10394 10395 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 10396 // retainable type. 10397 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 10398 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10399 10400 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 10401 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 10402 10403 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 10404 return NewFD; 10405} 10406 10407bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 10408 assert(FD); 10409 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 10410 10411 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10412 return true; 10413 10414 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10415 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10416 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10417 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10418 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 10419 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 10420 // copy constructors. 10421 10422 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 10423 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 10424 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 10425 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 10426 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 10427 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 10428 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10429 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 10430 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 10431 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 10432 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10433 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 10434 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 10435 member = CXXDestructor; 10436 10437 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 10438 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10439 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 10440 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 10441 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 10442 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 10443 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 10444 // members unavailable. 10445 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 10446 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 10447 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 10448 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 10449 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10450 return false; 10451 } 10452 } 10453 10454 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 10455 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 10456 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 10457 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 10458 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 10459 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 10460 } 10461 } 10462 } 10463 10464 return false; 10465} 10466 10467/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10468/// AST enum value. 10469static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10470TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10471 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10472 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10473 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10474 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10475 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10476 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10477 } 10478} 10479 10480/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10481/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10482Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10483 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10484 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10485 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10486 10487 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10488 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10489 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10490 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10491 10492 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10493 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10494 10495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10496 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10497 10498 if (BitWidth) { 10499 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10500 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10501 if (!BitWidth) 10502 D.setInvalidType(); 10503 } else { 10504 // Not a bitfield. 10505 10506 // validate II. 10507 10508 } 10509 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10510 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10511 D.setInvalidType(); 10512 } 10513 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10514 // than a variably modified type. 10515 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10516 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10517 D.setInvalidType(); 10518 } 10519 10520 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10521 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10522 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10523 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10524 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 10525 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 10526 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10527 return 0; 10528 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10529 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10530 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10531 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10532 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10533 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10534 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10535 } 10536 else 10537 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10538 } else { 10539 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10540 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10541 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10542 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10543 return 0; 10544 } 10545 } 10546 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10547 } 10548 10549 // Construct the decl. 10550 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10551 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10552 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10553 10554 if (II) { 10555 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10556 ForRedeclaration); 10557 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10558 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10559 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10560 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10561 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10562 } 10563 } 10564 10565 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10566 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10567 10568 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10569 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10570 10571 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10572 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10573 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10574 10575 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10576 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10577 10578 if (II) { 10579 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10580 // these to the interface. 10581 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10582 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10583 } 10584 10585 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10586 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10587 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10588 10589 return NewID; 10590} 10591 10592/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10593/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 10594/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10595/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10596void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10597 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10598 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10599 return; 10600 10601 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10602 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10603 10604 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10605 return; 10606 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10607 if (!ID) { 10608 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10609 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10610 return; 10611 } 10612 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10613 else 10614 return; 10615 } 10616 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10617 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10618 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10619 10620 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10621 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10622 Context.CharTy, 10623 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10624 DeclLoc), 10625 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10626 true); 10627 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10628} 10629 10630void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10631 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10632 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10633 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10634 AttributeList *Attr) { 10635 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10636 10637 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10638 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10639 // it will now change. 10640 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10641 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10642 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10643 default: break; 10644 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10645 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10646 break; 10647 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10648 Context. 10649 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10650 break; 10651 } 10652 } 10653 10654 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10655 10656 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10657 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10658 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10659 if (Record) { 10660 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10661 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10662 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10663 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10664 ++NumNamedMembers; 10665 } 10666 } 10667 10668 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10669 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10670 10671 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10672 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10673 i != end; ++i) { 10674 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10675 10676 // Get the type for the field. 10677 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10678 10679 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10680 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10681 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10682 } 10683 10684 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10685 // diagnostics about it. 10686 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10687 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10688 continue; 10689 } 10690 10691 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10692 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10693 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10694 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10695 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10696 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10697 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10698 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10699 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10700 // array. 10701 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10702 // Field declared as a function. 10703 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10704 << FD->getDeclName(); 10705 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10706 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10707 continue; 10708 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10709 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10710 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10711 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10712 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10713 // Flexible array member. 10714 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10715 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10716 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10717 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10718 if (Record->isUnion()) 10719 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10720 << FD->getDeclName(); 10721 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10722 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10723 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10724 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10725 if (Record->isUnion()) 10726 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10727 << FD->getDeclName(); 10728 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10729 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10730 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10731 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10732 if (Record->isUnion()) 10733 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10734 << FD->getDeclName(); 10735 else 10736 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10737 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10738 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10739 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10740 << FD->getDeclName(); 10741 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10742 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10743 continue; 10744 } 10745 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10746 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10747 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10748 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10749 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10750 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10751 continue; 10752 } 10753 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10754 if (Record) 10755 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10756 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10757 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10758 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10759 // Incomplete type 10760 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10761 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10762 continue; 10763 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10764 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10765 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10766 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10767 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10768 } else { 10769 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10770 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10771 // structures. 10772 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10773 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10774 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10775 else { 10776 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10777 // other structs as an extension. 10778 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10779 << FD->getDeclName(); 10780 if (Record) 10781 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10782 } 10783 } 10784 } 10785 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10786 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10787 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10788 AbstractIvarType)) { 10789 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10790 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10791 } 10792 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10793 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10794 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 10795 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 10796 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10797 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10798 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10799 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10800 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10801 FD->setType(T); 10802 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 10803 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 10804 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10805 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10806 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10807 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10808 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10809 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10810 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10811 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10812 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10813 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10814 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10815 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10816 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10817 } 10818 } else { 10819 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 10820 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 10821 } 10822 ARCErrReported = true; 10823 } 10824 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10825 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10826 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10827 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10828 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10829 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10830 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10831 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10832 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10833 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10834 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10835 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10836 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10837 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10838 } 10839 } 10840 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 10841 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 10842 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10843 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10844 ++NumNamedMembers; 10845 } 10846 10847 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10848 if (Record) { 10849 bool Completed = false; 10850 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10851 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10852 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10853 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 10854 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 10855 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 10856 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 10857 10858 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10859 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10860 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10861 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10862 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10863 10864 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10865 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10866 10867 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10868 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10869 // problem now. 10870 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10871 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10872 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10873 10874 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10875 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10876 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10877 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10878 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10879 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10880 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10881 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10882 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10883 continue; 10884 10885 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10886 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10887 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10888 // program is ill-formed. 10889 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10890 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10891 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10892 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10893 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10894 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10895 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10896 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10897 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10898 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10899 10900 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10901 } 10902 } 10903 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10904 Completed = true; 10905 } 10906 } 10907 } 10908 } 10909 10910 if (!Completed) 10911 Record->completeDefinition(); 10912 10913 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 10914 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 10915 } else { 10916 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10917 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10918 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10919 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10920 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10921 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10922 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10923 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10924 } 10925 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10926 // duplicates. 10927 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10928 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10929 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10930 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10931 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10932 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10933 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10934 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10935 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10936 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10937 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10938 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10939 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10940 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10941 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10942 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10943 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10944 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10945 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10946 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10947 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10948 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10949 if (IDecl) { 10950 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10951 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10952 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10953 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10954 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10955 continue; 10956 } 10957 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 10958 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 10959 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 10960 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 10961 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 10962 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10963 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10964 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10965 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10966 continue; 10967 } 10968 } 10969 } 10970 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10971 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10972 } 10973 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10974 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10975 } 10976 } 10977 10978 if (Attr) 10979 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10980} 10981 10982/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10983/// the given type T. 10984static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10985 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10986 QualType T) { 10987 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10988 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10989 10990 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10991 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10992 --BitWidth; 10993 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10994 } 10995 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10996} 10997 10998// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10999// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 11000static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 11001 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 11002 // enum checking below. 11003 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11004 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 11005 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11006 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 11007 }; 11008 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11009 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 11010 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 11011 }; 11012 11013 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 11014 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 11015 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 11016 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 11017 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 11018 return Types[I]; 11019 11020 return QualType(); 11021} 11022 11023EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 11024 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 11025 SourceLocation IdLoc, 11026 IdentifierInfo *Id, 11027 Expr *Val) { 11028 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11029 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 11030 QualType EltTy; 11031 11032 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 11033 Val = 0; 11034 11035 if (Val) 11036 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 11037 11038 if (Val) { 11039 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 11040 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11041 else { 11042 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 11043 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 11044 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11045 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 11046 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 11047 // constant expression of the underlying type. 11048 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11049 ExprResult Converted = 11050 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 11051 CCEK_Enumerator); 11052 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 11053 Val = 0; 11054 else 11055 Val = Converted.take(); 11056 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 11057 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 11058 &EnumVal).take())) { 11059 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 11060 } else { 11061 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11062 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11063 11064 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 11065 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 11066 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 11067 // expression checking. 11068 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11069 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11070 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11071 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11072 } else 11073 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11074 } else 11075 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11076 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11077 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 11078 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11079 // is the type of its initializing value: 11080 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 11081 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 11082 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11083 } else { 11084 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 11085 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 11086 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 11087 // representable as an int. 11088 11089 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 11090 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 11091 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11092 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 11093 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 11094 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 11095 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 11096 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11097 } 11098 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11099 } 11100 } 11101 } 11102 } 11103 11104 if (!Val) { 11105 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 11106 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11107 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 11108 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11109 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11110 // is the type of its initializing value: 11111 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 11112 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 11113 // 11114 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 11115 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 11116 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11117 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11118 } 11119 else { 11120 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 11121 } 11122 } else { 11123 // Assign the last value + 1. 11124 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11125 ++EnumVal; 11126 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 11127 11128 // Check for overflow on increment. 11129 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 11130 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11131 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11132 // is the type of its initializing value: 11133 // 11134 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 11135 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 11136 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 11137 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 11138 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 11139 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 11140 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 11141 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 11142 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 11143 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 11144 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11145 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 11146 ++EnumVal; 11147 if (Enum->isFixed()) 11148 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 11149 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 11150 << EnumVal.toString(10) 11151 << EltTy; 11152 else 11153 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 11154 << EnumVal.toString(10); 11155 } else { 11156 EltTy = T; 11157 } 11158 11159 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 11160 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 11161 // value, then increment. 11162 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11163 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11164 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11165 ++EnumVal; 11166 11167 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 11168 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 11169 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 11170 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 11171 // integral type. 11172 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 11173 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 11174 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11175 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11176 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 11177 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11178 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 11179 } 11180 } 11181 } 11182 11183 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11184 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 11185 // enumerator's type. 11186 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11187 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11188 } 11189 11190 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 11191 Val, EnumVal); 11192} 11193 11194 11195Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 11196 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 11197 AttributeList *Attr, 11198 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 11199 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 11200 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 11201 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 11202 11203 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 11204 // we find one that is. 11205 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11206 11207 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 11208 // scope. 11209 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 11210 ForRedeclaration); 11211 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11212 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11213 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 11214 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11215 PrevDecl = 0; 11216 } 11217 11218 if (PrevDecl) { 11219 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 11220 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 11221 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 11222 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 11223 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 11224 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11225 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 11226 else 11227 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 11228 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11229 return 0; 11230 } 11231 } 11232 11233 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 11234 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 11235 // different from T: 11236 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 11237 // enumerated type 11238 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 11239 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 11240 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 11241 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 11242 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 11243 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 11244 11245 EnumConstantDecl *New = 11246 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 11247 11248 if (New) { 11249 // Process attributes. 11250 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11251 11252 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 11253 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 11254 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 11255 } 11256 11257 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 11258 11259 return New; 11260} 11261 11262// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 11263// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 11264// Element2 = Element1 11265// Element2 = Element1 + 1 11266// Element2 = Element1 - 1 11267// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 11268static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 11269 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 11270 if (!InitExpr) 11271 return true; 11272 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 11273 11274 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 11275 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 11276 return true; 11277 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 11278 if (!IL) 11279 return true; 11280 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 11281 return true; 11282 11283 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 11284 } 11285 11286 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 11287 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 11288 if (!DRE) 11289 return true; 11290 11291 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 11292 if (!EnumConstant) 11293 return true; 11294 11295 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 11296 Enum) 11297 return true; 11298 11299 return false; 11300} 11301 11302struct DupKey { 11303 int64_t val; 11304 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 11305 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 11306 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 11307}; 11308 11309static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 11310 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 11311 false); 11312} 11313 11314struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 11315 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 11316 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 11317 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 11318 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 11319 } 11320 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 11321 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 11322 LHS.val == RHS.val; 11323 } 11324}; 11325 11326// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 11327// a previous element has already been set to. 11328static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 11329 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 11330 QualType EnumType) { 11331 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 11332 Enum->getLocation()) == 11333 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 11334 return; 11335 // Avoid anonymous enums 11336 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 11337 return; 11338 11339 // Only check for small enums. 11340 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 11341 return; 11342 11343 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 11344 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 11345 11346 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 11347 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 11348 ValueToVectorMap; 11349 11350 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 11351 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 11352 11353 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 11354 // an initialier. 11355 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 11356 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11357 11358 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 11359 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 11360 if (!ECD) { 11361 return; 11362 } 11363 11364 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 11365 continue; 11366 11367 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11368 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11369 11370 // First time encountering this value. 11371 if (Entry.isNull()) 11372 Entry = ECD; 11373 } 11374 11375 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 11376 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 11377 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11378 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 11379 continue; 11380 11381 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11382 11383 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11384 if (Entry.isNull()) 11385 continue; 11386 11387 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 11388 // Ensure constants are different. 11389 if (D == ECD) 11390 continue; 11391 11392 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 11393 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 11394 Vec->push_back(D); 11395 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11396 11397 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 11398 Entry = Vec; 11399 11400 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 11401 // diagnostics. 11402 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 11403 continue; 11404 } 11405 11406 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 11407 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 11408 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 11409 continue; 11410 11411 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11412 } 11413 11414 // Emit diagnostics. 11415 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 11416 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 11417 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 11418 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 11419 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 11420 11421 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 11422 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 11423 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 11424 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11425 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11426 ++I; 11427 11428 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 11429 // the same value. 11430 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 11431 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 11432 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11433 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11434 delete Vec; 11435 } 11436} 11437 11438void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 11439 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 11440 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 11441 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 11442 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 11443 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 11444 11445 if (Attr) 11446 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 11447 11448 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 11449 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11450 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11451 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11452 if (!ECD) continue; 11453 11454 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11455 } 11456 11457 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 11458 return; 11459 } 11460 11461 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 11462 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 11463 // emit a warning. 11464 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11465 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 11466 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 11467 11468 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 11469 // reverse the list. 11470 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 11471 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 11472 11473 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 11474 bool AllElementsInt = true; 11475 11476 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11477 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11478 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11479 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11480 11481 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11482 11483 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 11484 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 11485 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 11486 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 11487 else 11488 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 11489 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 11490 11491 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 11492 if (AllElementsInt) 11493 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 11494 } 11495 11496 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 11497 QualType BestType; 11498 unsigned BestWidth; 11499 11500 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 11501 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 11502 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 11503 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 11504 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 11505 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 11506 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 11507 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 11508 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 11509 QualType BestPromotionType; 11510 11511 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 11512 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 11513 // enum definitions. 11514 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 11515 Packed = true; 11516 11517 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11518 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11519 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 11520 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 11521 else 11522 BestPromotionType = BestType; 11523 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 11524 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 11525 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 11526 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11527 } 11528 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 11529 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 11530 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 11531 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11532 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 11533 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 11534 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11535 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11536 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11537 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11538 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11539 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11540 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11541 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11542 } else { 11543 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11544 11545 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11546 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11547 } else { 11548 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11549 11550 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11551 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11552 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11553 } 11554 } 11555 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11556 } else { 11557 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11558 // all of the enumerator values. 11559 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11560 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11561 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11562 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11563 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11564 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11565 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11566 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11567 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11568 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11569 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11570 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11571 BestPromotionType 11572 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11573 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11574 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11575 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11576 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11577 BestPromotionType 11578 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11579 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11580 } else { 11581 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11582 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11583 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11584 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11585 BestPromotionType 11586 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11587 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11588 } 11589 } 11590 11591 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11592 // the type of the enum if needed. 11593 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11594 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11595 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11596 11597 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11598 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11599 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11600 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11601 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11602 11603 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11604 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11605 11606 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11607 // the enum decl type. 11608 QualType NewTy; 11609 unsigned NewWidth; 11610 bool NewSign; 11611 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11612 !Enum->isFixed() && 11613 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11614 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11615 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11616 NewSign = true; 11617 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11618 // Already the right type! 11619 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11620 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11621 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11622 // enumeration. 11623 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11624 continue; 11625 } else { 11626 NewTy = BestType; 11627 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11628 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11629 } 11630 11631 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11632 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11633 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11634 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11635 11636 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11637 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11638 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11639 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11640 CK_IntegralCast, 11641 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11642 /*base paths*/ 0, 11643 VK_RValue)); 11644 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11645 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11646 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11647 // enumeration. 11648 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11649 else 11650 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11651 } 11652 11653 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11654 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11655 11656 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11657 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11658 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11659 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11660 11661 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11662 11663 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 11664 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 11665 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 11666} 11667 11668Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11669 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11670 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11671 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11672 11673 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11674 AsmString, StartLoc, 11675 EndLoc); 11676 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11677 return New; 11678} 11679 11680DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11681 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11682 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11683 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11684 Module::AllVisible, 11685 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11686 if (!Mod) 11687 return true; 11688 11689 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11690 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11691 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11692 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11693 // We need the length to be consistent. 11694 if (!ModCheck) 11695 break; 11696 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11697 11698 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11699 } 11700 11701 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11702 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11703 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11704 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11705 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11706 return Import; 11707} 11708 11709void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 11710 // Create the implicit import declaration. 11711 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11712 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 11713 Loc, Mod, Loc); 11714 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 11715 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 11716 11717 // Make the module visible. 11718 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 11719} 11720 11721void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11722 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11723 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11724 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11725 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11726 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11727 LookupOrdinaryName); 11728 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11729 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11730 11731 if (PrevDecl) 11732 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11733 else 11734 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11735 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11736} 11737 11738void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11739 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11740 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11741 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11742 11743 if (PrevDecl) { 11744 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11745 } else { 11746 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11747 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11748 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11749 } 11750} 11751 11752void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11753 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11754 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11755 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11756 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11757 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11758 LookupOrdinaryName); 11759 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11760 11761 if (PrevDecl) { 11762 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11763 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11764 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11765 } else { 11766 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11767 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11768 } 11769} 11770 11771Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11772 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11773} 11774 11775AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11776 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11777 return D->getAvailability(); 11778} 11779